NVIPT_Course_Guide NVIPT Course Guide
User Manual: NVIPT_Course_Guide
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 528
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
NetVanta IP Telephony Certification course - ATSP/IP Telephony Course Guide Revision 7/2009 Trademarks Any brand names and product names included in this manual are trademarks, registered trademarks, or trade names of their respective holders. To the Holder of the Manual The contents of this manual are current as of the date of publication. ADTRAN reserves the right to change the contents without prior notice. In no event will ADTRAN be liable for any special, incidental, or consequential damages or for commercial losses even if ADTRAN has been advised thereof as a result of issue of this publication. 901 Explorer Boulevard P.O. Box 140000 Huntsville, AL 35814-4000 Phone: (256) 963-8000 ©2009 ADTRAN, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Printed in U.S.A. Customer Service, Product Support Information, and Training ADTRAN will replace or repair this product within five years from the date of shipment if the product does not meet its published specification, or if it fails while in service. A return material authorization (RMA) is required prior to returning equipment to ADTRAN. For service, RMA requests, training, or more information, see the toll-free contact numbers given below. Presales Inquiries and Applications Support Please contact your local distributor, ADTRAN Applications Engineering, or ADTRAN Sales: Applications Engineering (800) 615-1176 Sales (800) 827-0807 Post-Sale Support Please contact your local distributor first. If your local distributor cannot help, please contact ADTRAN Technical Support and have the unit serial number available. Technical Support (888) 4ADTRAN The Custom Extended Services (ACES) program offers multiple types and levels of service plans which allow you to choose the kind of assistance you need. For questions, call the ACES Help Desk. ACES Help Desk (888) 874-2237 Training The Enterprise Network (EN) Technical Training offers training on our most popular products. These courses include overviews on product features and functions while covering applications of ADTRAN's product lines. ADTRAN provides a variety of training options, including customized training and courses taught at our facilities or at your site. For more information about training, please contact your Territory Manager or the Enterprise Training Coordinator. Training Phone Training Fax Training Email Web Site (800) 615-1176, ext. 7500 (256) 963-6700 training@adtran.com www.adtran.com/training NetVanta IP Telephony Course Guide Certification Course – ATSP/IP Telephony July 2009 Revision date 7/6/09 Table of Contents Table of Contents NetVanta IP Telephony Course Table of Contents NetVanta IP Telephony Course Guide Module 1: IP Telephony Solutions Overview ................................................................ 1-1 - ADTRAN Introduction - NetVanta Series Overview - ADTRAN’s IP Telephony Solutions o IP Communications Platforms o IP PBX Solutions o IP Business Gateways o IP Telephone Options - NetVanta 7000 Interfaces - ADTRAN’s IP Telephony Features - Key NetVanta IP Telephony Applications Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration ............................ 2-1 - Introduction to the ADTRAN Operating System (AOS) - Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Web-Based GUI - Understanding System Factory Defaults - Understanding Switch Factory Defaults - Understanding Router Factory Defaults - Understanding Firewall Factory Defaults Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration .......................... 3-1 - Introduction to the NetVanta 7000 Series Switchboard - Voice Settings – Dial Plan - Voice Settings – Classes of Service - Voice Stations – User Accounts - Voice Stations – Ring Group - Voice Stations – Operator Group - Voice Trunks - Introduction - Voice Trunks – Analog Voice Trunk Configuration - Introduction to Voice Troubleshooting Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ............................................................ 4-1 - ADTRAN/Polycom IP Phones Introduction - ADTRAN/Polycom phone configuration files - Modification of phone configuration files - Troubleshooting the boot process of the ADTRAN IP 700 Series phone Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Series Key System Application ........................................... 5-1 - NetVanta 7000 Series Key System Application Introduction - Voice Trunk Review - Shared Line Accounts Configuration - Enabling Hands Free Auto-Answer - Understanding and Configuring System Modes - Troubleshooting the NetVanta 7000 Series Key System Application Module 6: NetVanta 7000 Series IP PBX Application ................................................... 6-1 - NetVanta 7000 Series IP PBX Application Introduction NetVanta IP Telephony Course Table of Contents - Voice Trunk Configuration (T1-RBS and ISDN PRI) Creating and Configuring a Multi-level Auto Attendant Creating and Configuring Dial by Name DIrectories Busy Lamp Field and Public Park Zone Configuration Call Logging (Station Message Detail Recording-SMDR) Voice Troubleshooting in a NetVanta 7000 Series IP PBX Application Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Data Configuration Part 2 .................................................... 7-1 - Switch/Router Concepts - Creating Additional VLAN Interfaces - Configuring Firewall Policies - Setting up a DMZ Network - Quality of Service Concepts - QoS Map Configuration - Basic Firewall and QoS Troubleshooting Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications .......................................... 8-1 - Introduction of NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications - Service Provider SIP Trunk Configuration - SIP Networking Between Sites - Remote User Configuration Preview - VoIP Quality Monitoring (VQM) Introduction - Troubleshooting Voice in a NetVanta 7000 Series Remote Telephony Application Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Series Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities ............................. 9-1 - Introduction of the following Tools: o Top Talkers o Top Visited Web Sites o Wireless Controller o n-Command - System Utilities o Port Mirroring o Firmware Upgrades o Configuration Backup NetVanta IP Telephony Lab Exercises (Lab Guide) NetVanta 7100 Exercise - Out of the Box .................................................................... L1-1 NetVanta 7100 Exercise - Basic Installation and Call Handling ................................... L2-1 NetVanta 7100 Exercise - Small Office Key System ................................................... L3-1 NetVanta 7100 Exercise - IP PBX - Multiple Trunk Installation ................................... L4-1 NetVanta 7100 Exercise - Auto Attendant Call Flow ................................................... L5-1 NetVanta 7100 Exercise – Carrier SIP Trunk ............................................................. L6-1 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview 1-2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Module Objectives Module Objectives • ADTRAN Introduction • NetVanta Series Overview • Introduce ADTRAN’s IP Telephony Solutions – – – – IP Communications Platforms IP PBX Solutions IP Business Gateways IP Telephone Options • Outline the NetVanta 7100 Interfaces • Discuss ADTRAN’s IP Telephony Features • Cover Key NetVanta IP Telephony Applications NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-3 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview 1-4 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview ADTRAN, Inc. ADTRAN, Inc. • Global provider of networking and communications equipment • Widely deployed by carriers, distributed enterprises, and Small-and-Medium-sized businesses (SMBs) • Headquartered in Huntsville, Alabama • Product Distribution – Value Added Resellers – Distributors ADTRAN, Inc. is a leading global supplier of networking and communications equipment with an innovative portfolio of more than 1,700 solutions for use in the last mile of today’s telecommunications networks. Widely deployed by carriers, distributed enterprises and Small- to Medium-sized Businesses (SMB), ADTRAN solutions enable voice, data, video, and Internet communications across copper, fiber and wireless network infrastructures. Our solutions are currently in use by every major U.S. service provider and many global ones, as well as by thousands of public, private and governmental organizations worldwide. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-5 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview ADTRAN Support ADTRAN Support • Free First-Class Telephone Support – Presales • Applications Engineering (800) 615-1176 – Post-sales • Technical Support (888) 4ADTRAN • Industry Leading 5 or 10 year Warranty • No Cost Software Updates • ACES Installation and Maintenance Services – Guaranteed response time – Onsite or phone installation – Guaranteed replacement plans Every product is backed by an industry-leading five-year warranty, best-in-class telephone technical support from our team of degreed engineers, and is eligible for free firmware upgrades. The ADTRAN product warranty includes a return-to-factory repair and replacement program and free technical phone support. Technical support engineers are accessible for both pre- and post-sales support. ADTRAN Custom Extended Services (ACES) is also available for an extended guarantee and rapid response time. Priority access to technical and installation support is guaranteed with a 30-minute call back and on-site product replacement in as few as four hours, depending on the service plan selected. 1-6 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview NetVanta Series NetVanta Series • ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions built on successful router/switch platform – – – – – Industry-leading LAN/WAN infrastructure Feature-rich Router and PoE Switch Full suite of QoS for delay sensitive VOIP traffic Built-in security Excellent Service/Support NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-7 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview NetVanta Series Overview NetVanta Series Overview Ethernet Switch • Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Switches • Managed VPN, Firewall • Stateful Inspection Firewall • NAT (1:1), NAPT (Many:1) • DoS Protection • Auto-Rate, Auto Duplex • Auto-MDI/MDI-X 802.1D Spanning Tree • VLAN 802.1p CoS • • • • 1-8 • 802.3af Power over Ethernet • 15.4 watts for each of the 24 ports • Access Control Lists IPSec IP Router • 56/64K, T1, Multi-T1, T3 • • • • DHCP Client/Server Class-based Weighted Fair Queuing, Low Latency Queuing • Diffserv aware/mark • DES/3DES/AES Encryption NetVanta IP Telephony Course RIP V1/V2, OSPF,BGP PPP, PPPoE, Frame Relay, HDLC MLPPP/MLFR Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions • IP Communications Platform – NetVanta 7100 • IP PBX – NetVanta 7060 • IP Business Gateways – NetVanta 6355 – Total Access 900 Series • IP Phones – ADTRAN 700 Series – ADTRAN/Polycom IP Phones IP Communication Platform The NetVanta 7100 represents a break through in next-generation communication systems. This unique Office in a Box contains everything businesses need to deploy a converged IP voice and data network for small- to medium-sized offices with up to 100 stations, including a full-function IP PBX for voice. It includes an integrated24-port Power over Ethernet (PoE) switch-router for data, a stateful inspection firewall for security, Virtual Private Network (VPN) for secure Internet tunneling, and a DSU/CSU for network termination. The only other requirements for deploying your VoIP network are connections from the service provider and cables to the desktop. IP PBX The NetVanta 7060 simplifies the implementation of VoIP for businesses that already have an IP data network established. The NetVanta 7060 complements the existing network, quickly enabling VoIP by providing IP PBX functionality which includes SIP-based telephony features, voice mail (3000 messages, eight ports), multilevel auto attendant, caller ID name/number and all the other features a business needs for a complete VoIP network. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-9 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview IP Business Gateways ADTRAN IP Business Gateways are purpose built devices that include a variety of advanced routing, security, and voice functionality for Hosted IP applications. Ideally suited for SMB and distributed enterprise networks, this category of products includes the Total Access 900 and 900e Series of dual and multi-T1 platforms that include analog and SIP gateway, robust IP router, firewall and VPN functionality. The NetVanta 6355 platform provides a unique, all-in-one solution for Hosted VoIP. This product combines all of the IP voice functionality, SIP gateway, router, firewall/VPN features of the Total Access 900/900e Series with a managed 24-port PoE switch into a single 1U chassis. ADTRAN IP Phones ADTRAN offers SIP phones designed to address the growing converged VoIP and IP telephony marketplace. The new ADTRANIP 700 Series of phones includes the IP 706, a six-line version and the IP 712, a 12-line version and both phones are designed with a large backlit display. ADTRAN IP phones offer an affordable, feature-rich VoIP solution that delivers unsurpassed quality and performance. ADTRAN-Polycom IP Phones Working together, ADTRAN and Polycom have partnered to deliver a full line of IP telephones. The phones integrate seamlessly with ADTRAN’s NetVanta and Total Access® 900 Series VoIP products. The ADTRAN-enabled IP stations include the IP 430 (two-line), IP 650 (six-lines) and IP 650 Expansion Module. The combination of ADTRAN’s award-winning VoIP equipment with a broad line of ADTRAN-Polycom IP phones and accessories offers a cost-effective, simplified VoIP internetworking solution. 1-10 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview IP Communication Platform – NetVanta 7100 IP Communication Platform NetVanta 7100 Traditional Multi-box Approach PBX Controller SIP Gateway Voicemail IP Router NetVanta 7100 24 Port Ethernet Switch VPN/Firewall DSU/CSU Multiple Functions in a Single Box The NetVanta 7000 Series offers all the business-class functionality a Small-to-Medium sized Business (SMB) requires, at an affordable price. The all-in-one platform consolidates multiple functions in a single, easy-to-manage platform. Both the NetVanta 7100 and 7060 include multiple levels of auto-attendant function and a system scheduler. This allows the customization of auto-attendant functions based on the time or day settings programmed. The NetVanta 7000 Series also works in key system mode and PBX mode for increased flexibility and ease of use. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-11 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview IP Communication Platform NetVanta 7100 Up to 100 SIP Users Office-in-a-Box The NetVanta 7100 is a complete voice and data networking solution for business locations of up to 100 SIP Users. This innovative platform includes an IP PBX, voice mail, multilevel auto attendant, full-featured IP router, firewall, Virtual Private Network (VPN), 24-port Power over Ethernet (PoE) (802.3af) Fast Ethernet switch with Gigabit uplinks, and two expansion slots for Network Interface Modules (NIMs) and Voice Interface Modules (VIMs). The NetVanta 7100 IP PBX functionality includes SIP-based telephony features such as voice mail (12 hours, eight ports), multilevel auto attendant (eight ports), caller ID name/number, Shared Line Appearances (SLA), Busy Lamp Field (BLF), Class of Service (CoS), trunk groups, music on hold, overhead paging and a number of call options including call coverage lists, forwarding of calls to a cell phone and email notification of voice mail. 1-12 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview IP PBX – NetVanta 7060 IP PBX NetVanta 7060 Traditional Multi-box Approach PBX Controller SIP Gateway Voicemail Limited IP Router Capabilities NetVanta 7060 24 Port Ethernet Switch DSU/CSU NetVanta 7060 The NetVanta 7060 is an IP telephony solution ideal for business locations that already have an IP data network established with routing and VPN functionality. The NetVanta 7060 is an unbundled solution providing IP PBX functionality which includes SIP-based telephony features, voice mail (3000 messages, eight ports), multilevel auto attendant, caller ID name/number, COS, trunk groups, music on hold, overhead paging, and a number of call options including call coverage lists, forwarding of calls to a cell phone, and email notification of voice mail. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-13 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview IP PBX NetVanta 7060 • Interoperates with external data equipment NetVanta 7060 ADTRAN’s new NetVanta® 7060 IP PBX is designed to work in a multi-vendor environment so businesses that already have modern robust data networking equipment can add the NetVanta 7060 as their phone system. The NetVanta 7060 includes the phone system capabilities businesses need and can interoperate with external routers, firewall and Virtual Private Networking (VPN) devices. • Uses existing IP data equipment • Provides PBX phone system, including voice mail and auto attendant • Provides integrated 24 port Power over Ethernet (PoE) switch 1-14 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview IP Business Gateway – Total Access 900 Series IP Business Gateway Total Access 900 Series Traditional Multi-box Approach SIP Gateway IP Router TA 900 Series VPN/Firewall DSU/CSU The Total Access 900 Series of IP Business Gateways combine the functionality of ADTRAN's industry-leading integrated access devices with a SIP and analog gateway to provide Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (ILECs), Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (CLECs), and Internet Service Providers (ISPs) a cost-effective IP network strategy for VoIP deployment, with support for legacy equipment. The Total Access 900 and 900e Series allow carriers to deliver SIP trunks, hosted PBX, and other voice and data services such as Dedicated Internet Access (DIA) to small and medium businesses, quickly and cost-effectively. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-15 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview IP Business Gateway Total Access 900 Series Total Access 900 Series Features and Benefits 1-16 • Carrier-class, cost-effective multi-T1/dual Ethernet IP Business Gateway for integrated services such as VoIP • Supports up to 24 analog interfaces for legacy equipment • Integral DSX-1 PRI/CAS for PBX connectivity • Transparent proxy with survivability for network outages • Voice Quality Monitoring (VQM) for enhanced Quality of Service (QoS) • Compatible with industry leading softswitches and call agents • Integral full-featured IP router for data support and Internet access • Stateful inspection firewall for network security • Quality of Service (QoS) for delay sensitive traffic like VoIP • Command Line Interface (CLI) mimics industry de facto standard • Feature-rich ADTRAN Operating System (AOS) • Industry-leading 10-year North American warranty • Four T1 WAN interfaces/two Ethernet interfaces/24 FXS analog interfaces • Visit www.adtran.com for Alternate Configurations with part numbers for chassis with some number of FXS and some number of FXO interfaces for mixed mode analog environments NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview IP Business Gateway – NetVanta 6355 IP Business Gateway NetVanta 6355 Traditional Multi-box Approach SIP Gateway IP Router NetVanta 6355 24 Port Ethernet Switch VPN/Firewall DSU/CSU The NetVanta 6355 IP Business Gateway is a unique, all-in-one solution for Hosted VoIP PBX services, Internet access, and business connectivity. This powerful platform combines the voice functionality of ADTRAN’s industry leading Total Access 900e Multiservice Access Device and the widely deployed NetVanta Power over Ethernet (PoE) SwitchRouter into a compact 1U chassis. This all-in-one product includes a robust SIP-Gateway, a full-featured IP router, stateful inspection firewall, VPN, 24-port powered (802.3af ) Fast Ethernet switch with Gigabit uplinks, and two expansion slots for Network and Voice Interface Modules (NIM/VIMs). NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-17 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview IP Business Gateway NetVanta 6355 6355 • Further Integration NetVanta 6355 Features and Benefits • All-in-one Hosted IP voice and data solution • Integral SIP gateway, router, PoE switch, and security • Full-featured IP router supporting up to three T1s for data and Internet access • Managed, 24-port PoE (802.3af) switch • Stateful inspection firewall for network security • IPSec VPN for secure corporate connectivity across the Internet • Compatible with industry-leading softswitches and call agents • Up to 10 analog POTS interfaces with remote survivability • Supports IP amd analog phones/phone systems; fax machines, modems, and Wireless Access Points (WAPs) • Dynamic bandwidth allocation enables more efficient utilization • Standardized G.729a voice compression requires less bandwidth per voice call • Industry-leading warranty Visit www.adtran.com for additional information on the NetVanta 6355. 1-18 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview ADTRAN IP 700 Series Phones ADTRAN IP 700 Series Phones • ADTRAN IP Phones: – IP 706: 6 lines – IP 712: 12 lines • • • • • • • • • Supports multiple SIP registrations Busy Lamp Field and Shared Line Appearance Support High Quality Full Duplex Speaker Phone Dual 10/100 Switched Ethernet Ports Large Backlit Display 802.3af Power over Ethernet Adjustable base stand Wall mountable Headset jack with Electronic Hook Switch Detection ADTRAN® offers SIP-enabled phones designed to address the growing converged Voice over IP (VoIP) and IP telephony marketplace for small businesses and multi-site enterprises. The ADTRAN IP 706, a six-button programmable phone and the IP 712, a 12button expanded version offer an affordable and standards-based solution that delivers unsurpassed quality and performance. Ease of Use, Style and Productivity The ADTRAN IP 700 Series of telephones delivers an attractive and functional businessclass telephone for today’s businesses, all at affordable and cost-effective prices. In addition to the appealing desktop style for business offices of any type, users will appreciate the large, backlit, easy-to-read LCD screens and well-designed layout of frequently used buttons and functions. On screen menus and navigation keys work together in an intuitive, user-friendly manner. ADTRAN’s IP phones are designed to provide enhanced efficiency and convenience for the user. Enhanced Functionality ADTRAN IP phones are available in either six- or 12-line versions, supporting multiple call functions. Dedicated keys are available for the most common user functions with additional programmable soft keys. On-screen menus enable users to quickly change directory information and phone settings, as well as view a history of internal/external and missed calls, and program distinctive ring tones for specific calls. The phones include an adjustable desk stand or can be wall mounted and feature high-quality, full-duplex NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-19 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview speakers engineered for clear, hands-free communication. An integrated headset jack with electronic hook-switch eliminates the need for mechanical handset lifter. The overall enhanced functionality for the price makes ADTRAN IP phones among the most costefficient business-class IP phones. Quick, Easy Set-up The ADTRAN 700 Series features an intuitive, Graphical User Interface (GUI) for easy set-up and installation. The phones can be directly powered from the NetVanta 7000 Series or a Power over Ethernet (PoE) switch, providing inline power and eliminating the need for a separate power supply. ADTRAN phones can be locally powered, allowing for multiple options for worry-free installation and ease of use. The phones also have two Ethernet ports to connect to a PC for converged voice and data across a single wiring infrastructure. IP 700 Series Product Features • Fully interoperable with NetVanta 7000 Series • Six or 12 programmable buttons • Large backlit display • Message waiting indicator • Integrated headset jack • Web-based management • Distinctive ring tones • Multiple call appearances • Three-way conferencing • Busy Lamp Field (BLF) • Shared Line Appearance (SLA) • Hands-free auto-answer intercom • High-quality full-duplex speaker phone 1-20 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Interoperability with Polycom IP Phones Interoperability with Polycom IP Phones IP 430 – 2 line IP 650 – HD IP 601 – 6 line IP 6000 Conference Phone Expansion Modules Attendant Console Others: IP 301 IP 320/330 IP 501 IP 550 and more… To complement the new ADTRAN 700 Series of IP phones, Polycom IP phones offer additional VoIP solutions for an extended range of business applications. Some of the Supported Polycom Phones Include: • IP 601 Three-line IP Phone • IP 650 Six-line High Definition IP Phone • IP Expansion Module Attendant Console • IP 6000 Conference Phone NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-21 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview ADTRAN/Phone Features ADTRAN/Phone Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1-22 Call Drop Call Forward (All, Busy, No Answer) Call Forward to Outside Line (Cell Phone) Call Hold Caller ID Name/Number Call Logs Call Park Call Park Retrieve Call Transfer Call Waiting Conferencing (3-person) Do Not Disturb Handsfree Auto Answer Intercom NetVanta IP Telephony Course • • • • • • • • • • Headset Jack Message Waiting Light Missed Call Indicator Multiple Call Appearances Music on Hold Mute Overhead Paging Redial Speakerphone Volume Control Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview ADTRAN Analog Door Phone ADTRAN Analog Door Phone • • • • • • Single-gang Wall box Analog Speakerphone Line powered Weather-resistant Stainless steel finish System supports multiple door phones • 1 Year Warranty The ADTRAN® ADP-40 is an analog speakerphone primarily used for entry applications such as door or gate communication, business delivery entrances, and residential, commercial, or industrial door security. The ADP-40 complements the NetVanta 7000 line by providing a rugged communication endpoint to any entry way. Once a person’s identity is announced through the door phone, a phone user enters a special code which allows the door to open. The ADP-40 offers a weather-resistant design that is easy to install in new or existing construction. It fits flush in any single gang electrical box and receives power directly from the telephone line. With weather and vandal resistant features that include an 18-guage stainless steel faceplate, Mylar speaker, hex drive mounting screws, a stainless steel speaker screen, and gaskets for the faceplate, microphone, and speaker, the ADP-40 can be installed inside or outside. This full featured entry phone supports auto answer to enable remote communications of the area immediately around the speakerphone, intelligent call progress detection for automatic hang-up when a call is completed, and microphone and speaker volume controls. The ADP-40 conveniently connects directly to one of the analog station (FXS) ports on the NetVanta 7100. The user account for the station port can be configured as a hotline phone to allow the ADP-40 to call a specific extension or a ring group when the Call button is pressed. Once off hook, a phone user dials a code that controls the relay latch to open the door. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-23 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview ADTRAN IP Softphone ADTRAN IP Softphone • • • • PC SoftPhone SIP-based Requires headset / microphone Familiar functions – VoiceMail Indicator – Transfer, Conf, Hold, etc. The ADTRAN IP SoftPhone is an intuitive software application designed to enable Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) communication from your laptop or desktop PC and works seamlessly with ADTRAN’s IP telephony product lines. The IP SoftPhone is easy to use and offers a built-in audio tuning wizard that helps simplify setup. Any audio devices available to the host PC such as USB headsets or PC speakers can be used with the SoftPhone. The “Speaker” button offers single-button selection to switch between headset or speaker phone devices. The IP SoftPhone offers six call appearances with conferencing capability and other familiar features like transfer, hold, do-not disturb, and a message waiting indicator. These features offer mobile employees many of the same convenient capabilities they enjoy when in the office. The ADTRAN IP SoftPhone improves productivity by enabling users to have quick access to their address book and call logs to identify recently received calls, missed calls, and dialed calls. The ADTRAN IP SoftPhone can be configured using the same extension as the user’s office phone or as a completely separate extension. By using Virtual Private Networks (VPNs), remote and mobile workers can use the ADTRAN IP SoftPhone with any Internet connection and be confident that the voice and data traffic is secure and private. VPNs provide encryption and ensure the security of the data and voice traffic between the corporate network and a remote office Internet connection or wireless hotspot or hotel broadband connection. 1-24 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview PC-based Phone Manager PC-based Phone Manager • Web-based utility • User can customize phone settings – – – – – System Directory Speed Dial Click to dial Call Coverage Call Forwarding The Personal Phone Manager is an easy-to-use Web-based utility browser provided by NetVanta 7000 Series platforms that is designed so each user can customize phone settings. These settings include speed dial, call coverage, and view directory and include the click-to-dial feature for quick-and-easy phone number dialing. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-25 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview IP Telephony Product Portfolio - Summary IP Telephony Product Portfolio Summary IP Communications Platforms NetVanta 7100 IP PBX + Router + VPN Integrated 24 Port POE Switch IP PBX NetVanta 7060 IP PBX + Limited Routing/no VPN Integrated 24 Port POE Switch IP Business Gateways NetVanta 6355 SIP Gateway + Router + VPN Integrated 24 Port POE Switch Total Access 900 Series SIP Gateway + Router + VPN IP Phones IP 706, 712 Each IP telephony solution simplifies the migration to VoIP and resolves complicated network assessments and equipment interoperability issues. Our products offer significantly lower initial costs and ongoing maintenance expenses, when compared to traditional systems. Cost savings are achieved by consolidating voice and data networks, reducing monthly service charges and eliminating expensive add-on phone and voicemail licenses. From our integrated VoIP and data communication platforms to our IP PBX Systems and IP Phones, our IP telephony solutions deliver years of reliable service. ADTRAN IP telephony Solutions: 1-26 • Are Ideal for small to medium businesses • Make your communication network flexible and affordable • Provide feature-rich, standards-based solutions that scale • Resolve complicated network assessments and interoperability issues • Reduce TCO, significantly lowering initial and ongoing costs NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview ADTRAN IPT Alliances ADTRAN IPT Alliances IP End Points Hi Def Video Conf. FAX Server Call Recording Call Accounting Speech Recognition Enables Total Solutions Sales The ADTRAN Alliance Program expands the reach of IP communications solutions to small- and medium-sized businesses. The ADTRAN Alliance Program is collaboration with best-in-breed technology and service providers that complement the NetVanta 7000 converged IP PBX Series and enable ADTRAN solutions providers to deliver world class integrated network solutions. Visit www.adtran.com/alliance for additional information. SIP Trunking Service Provider Alliances SIP Trunking Service Providers offer IP telephony service offerings that are certified to be fully interoperable with the NetVanta 7000 Series. The combination of the NetVanta 7000 Series with these services offers SMB customers proven ways to cost-effectively transition to converged voice and data networking. IP Telephony Technology Partners Innovative solutions that have been strategically chosen to address specific applications in conjunction with the NetVanta 7000 Series. These best-of-breed partners include Polycom, CounterPath, SNOM, Incendonet, LifeSize, SIP Print, MultiTech, and RSI. The combination of the NetVanta 7000 Series and the complementary partner solutions now enable service and solutions providers to offer a broader, more comprehensive solution with the added benefit of proven interoperability to meet the growing SMB and Enterprise market needs for IP Telephony solutions. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-27 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Data Feature Summary Data Feature Summary PBX, Key system Data Networking PoE Router Switch DHCP Server VPN SIP Gateway Voicemail Auto attendant IP phones Firewall • • 24 port PoE Switch 802.3af PoE (24 ports) • • • • 802.1Q VLANs Feature Rich IP Router Layer 2 and Layer 3 QoS DHCP Server – 15.4 Watts per port Analog phones • • • • • Voice Quality Monitoring/Top Talkers Top Websites Report Stateful Firewall VPN (5 tunnels) Wi-Fi Access Controller – NetVanta wireless access points (8) The NetVanta® 7100 is an integrated IP data networking and telephony solution designed to simplify Voice over IP (VoIP) and IP telephony for business locations of up to 100 employees. This one-box solution combines multiple data and voice functions into a single, affordable platform. The ADTRAN® NetVanta 7100 IP Communication Platform includes a router, 24 port Power over Ethernet (PoE) switch, firewall, Virtual Private Network (VPN), Wireless LAN controller, SIP Gateway, and business-class phone system with integrated voice mail and automated attendant. 1-28 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Voice Feature Summary Voice Feature Summary • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • PBX and key system modes No phone or voicemail licenses Supports up to 100 SIP stations, Supports up to 10 Analog stations Supports SIP, T1/PRI and Analog Trunks Supports ADTRAN IP 706/712 and certified Polycom phones SIP/PSTN Gateway Zone Paging Internal voice mail (3000 messages, 8 ports) Multilevel auto attendant (8 ports) Shared Line Appearance (SLA) Shared Call Appearance (SCA) Dial by name directory System Scheduler Voice Quality Monitoring (VQM) and Mean Opinion Score (MOS) Music-on-hold input, paging output, door relay The NetVanta 7100 is a complete voice and data networking solution for business locations of up to 100 stations. This innovative platform includes an IP PBX, voice mail, multilevel auto attendant, full-featured IP router, firewall, Virtual Private Network (VPN), 24-port Power over Ethernet (PoE) (802.3af) Fast Ethernet switch with Gigabit uplinks, and two expansion slots for Network Interface Modules (NIMs) and Voice Interface Modules (VIMs). The NetVanta 7100 IP PBX functionality includes SIP-based telephony features such as voice mail (store up to 3000 messages, eight ports), multilevel auto attendant (eight ports), caller ID name/number, Shared Line Appearances (SLA), Busy Lamp Field (BLF), Class of Service (CoS), trunk groups, music on hold, overhead paging and a number of call options including call coverage lists, forwarding of calls to a cell phone and email notification of voice mail. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-29 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview NetVanta 7000 Series – Front Panel NetVanta 7000 Series Front Panel • 24 10/100 PoE ports – Ethernet 0/1 - 0/24 – 802.3af (15.4 watts per port) – Auto-Rate /Auto-Duplex / Auto-MDI/MDI-X • 2 10/100/1000 ports – Gigabit 0/1 - 0/2 – Copper or Fiber (SFP) NetVanta 7000 Series - Rear Panel NetVanta 7000 Series Rear Panel Music on Hold Input, Paging output Compact Flash Voicemail Storage NIM/VIM Slot 2 NIM/VIM Slot 1 1-30 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Analog Trunks (2) Analog Stations (2) WAN Ethernet Port Door Relay Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Network Interface Modules (NIMs) Network Interface Modules (NIMs) WAN-T1 DBU T1 (data only) WAN T1/1 WAN T1/2 DDS Dual T1 (data only) T1/FT1 NIM Provides a network interface for a fractional or full T1 for NetVanta 1000, 3000, 4000, and 7000 series products Dual T1 NIM Terminates two full or fractional T1s or two T1s aggregated together / Integral DSU/CSU NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-31 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Voice Interface Modules (VIMs) Voice Interface Modules (VIMs) T1/PRI 4-Port Analog Trunk (FXO) 4-Port Analog Station (FXS) Dual Analog Trunk/Station (2 each) NetVanta T1/PRI Voice Interface Module Provides one RBS T1 or one PRI (5E, DMS100, or National) interface for termination of TDM voice trunks NetVanta Analog 4-Port Trunk Voice Interface Module Provides four analog RJ-11 trunk (FXO) ports for termination of PSTN circuits / Supports loop-start and ground-start and captures Caller ID name/number using FSK / Part 68 compliant NetVanta Analog 4-Port Station Voice Interface Module Provides four analog RJ-11 station (FXS) ports for connection to analog devices such as POTS phones, FAX machines, and/or modems / Delivers Caller ID name/number using FSK / Loop-start/DTMF / Includes ring generator NetVanta Analog 2-Trunk/2-Station Voice Interface Module Provides two analog RJ-11 trunk (FXO) ports for termination of PSTN circuits / Supports loop-start and ground-start and captures Caller ID name/number using FSK / Part 68 compliant / Provides two analog RJ-11 station (FXS) ports for connection to analog devices such as POTS phones, FAX machines, and/or modems / Delivers Caller ID name/number using FSK / Loop-start/DTMF / Includes ring generator 1-32 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview NetVanta 7000 Series - Port Configurations NetVanta 7000 Series Port Configurations • • • • • 4 Analog Trunk, 4 Analog Station, 24 PoE 6 Analog Trunk, 6 Analog Station, 24 PoE 8 Analog Trunk, 4 Analog Station, 24 PoE 10 Analog Trunk, 2 Analog Station, 24 PoE 1 T1/PRI, 6 Analog Station, 24 PoE The NetVanta 7100 chassis provides two analog trunk and station interfaces and two expansion slots. For additional trunk and station connectivity, the NetVanta 7100 offers several Voice Interface Modules (VIMs). These include a four-port analog (FXO) trunk module, TI/PRI trunk module which supports voice or integrated voice and data, and a four-port analog (FXS) station module. A combination module which provides two analog stations and two analog trunks is also available. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-33 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview SIP Trunking NetVanta 7000 Series Solution SIP Trunking • Direct Connectivity of NetVanta 7XXX to Carrier’s SIP Trunk Service For businesses that want to make full use of their new generation IP communication solution, the NetVanta® 7100 and 7060 provide SIP Trunking capabilities between the business and the local Service Provider. SIP trucking is a dynamic and efficient IP link that can carry voice and data traffic, replace the traditional TDM trunks and lower monthly service costs for the business. • Converge voice and data across single trunk • Dynamic bandwidth allocation for voice and data traffic • Can support local, long distance and Internet • Interoperable with a variety of carrier SIP Trunking services • Direct Connectivity of NV 7100 to Carrier’s SIP Trunk Service 1-34 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview SIP Networking NetVanta 7000 Series Solution SIP Networking • 3-4 Digit Dialing Between Sites • VPN Between Sites • Toll Bypass • Access Remote Site Local Trunks The ADTRAN NetVanta 7000 Series will support SIP networking between multiple locations. With SIP Networking, businesses will be able to connect multiple sites and have three- to four-digit dialing, local call routing and survivability, and on-net calls for toll bypass. The NetVanta 7100 and 7060 are best for locations that need local voice mail; while ADTRAN’s NetVanta 6355 IP Business Gateway provides the ideal solution for locations that will use a central NetVanta 7000 voice mail. • Links multiple sites together • Supports inter-office, three- to four-digit dialing • Provides local PSTN access NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-35 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Remote Site Solutions NetVanta 7000 Series Solution Remote Sites PSTN PSTN Up to 100 Stations In Customer Network NetVanta 6355 IP Gateway NetVanta 7000 IP Remote Sites NetVanta 3448 Multiservice Router • 3-4 Digit Dialing Between Sites • VPN Between Sites • Use Central Voicemail • Use Central Auto Attendant • Total of 100 Stations in Network • Remote PSTN trunks NetVanta 3120 SOHO Router The ADTRAN NetVanta 7000 Series will support SIP networking between multiple locations. The NetVanta 7100 and 7060 are best for locations that need local voice mail; while ADTRAN’s NetVanta 6355 IP Business Gateway provides the ideal solution for locations that will use a central NetVanta 7000 voice mail. The remote site NetVanta 3448 router or 6355 can provide local survivability as well by continuity to route intra-office calls, or where provisioned, directly to a local PSTN for guaranteeing phone service. The NetVanta 7100 and NetVanta 3120 enable secure, always-on, voice, data and high-speed data access to business resources from a remote home office. 1-36 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Integrated T1 /PRI NetVanta 7000 Series Solution Integrated T1/PRI Using the NetVanta 7000 Series T1/PRIVoice Interface Module (VIM), customers can consolidate separate voice lines and Internet access onto a single T1 or PRI trunk. Smallto Medium-sized Business (SMB) locations with analog business lines and high-speed Internet access can benefit from lower monthly costs, higher reliability, and added capacity for growth through T1/PRIconsolidation. Check with your service provider for attractive offers on integrated T1/PRI circuits and terminate the service with the NetVanta 7000 Series T1/PRI VIM for an ideal business-grade Voice over IP (VoIP) solution. • Supports up to 24 T1 channels • Supports up to 23 PRI channels • Consolidates voice and data • Reduces monthly service costs NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-37 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Analog Trunks & Stations NetVanta 7000 Series Solution Analog Trunks & Stations ADTRAN’s NetVanta® 7100 is ideal for businesses that need a combination of IP and analog communications. Along with IP interfaces, the NetVanta 7100 can support analog trunks, analog phones, fax machines and credit card readers without the need for analog telephone adapters. • Eliminates the need for additional analog telephone adaptors • Supports up to 10 analog ports • Enables analog data devices to achieve higher-speed performance 1-38 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview Module Objectives Module Summary At the end of this module, you should be able to: • Discuss ADTRAN’s IP Telephony Solutions • Discuss ADTRAN’s IP Telephony Features • Recognize Key NetVanta IP Telephony Applications All in One “Office in a Box” NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1-39 Module 1: ADTRAN IP Telephony Solutions Overview 1-40 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration 2-2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Module Objectives Objectives • • • • • • Introduce the ADTRAN Operating System (AOS) Introduce the NetVanta 7000 Web-Based GUI Understand System Factory Defaults Understand Switch Factory Defaults Understand Router Factory Defaults Understand Firewall Factory Defaults NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-3 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration 2-4 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration NetVanta 7000 Front Panel NetVanta 7000 Front Panel 24 Ethernet / Fast Ethernet ports 2 Gigabit Ethernet interface PORT LEDs (G1 and other port LEDs) Gigabit SFP/1000Base-T uplink - Off Disabled or no connection - Green (solid) Enabled/link up - Yellow (blinking) Activity Tx/Rx SLOT1 / 2 10/100 Base-T Ports - Off No NIM or administratively down - Green (solid) Enabled/link up - Red (solid) Alarm condition - Yellow (solid) In test - Auto-sensing 10/100 MBPS - Auto-MDI/MDX (Crossover) - Auto-Full/Half duplex STAT - Green (blinking) Power-up - Green (solid) Power on/ self-test passed - Red (solid) Power on/ self-test failed Left LED Right LED PoE Swith RJ-45 PORT LEDs - Green 48V applied to interface - Red Fault detected on interface Front Panel RJ-45 Ports and LEDS The NetVanta front panels contain twenty-four 10/100BaseT Ethernet ports (RJ-45). These ports are consecutively numbered one through twenty-four, from left to right, with the numbers screened directly above each port. Status LEDs for each of these ports are located directly over these numbers. Front Panel Gigabit Ethernet Interfaces and LEDs The NetVanta 7000 front panel also contains two Gigabit Ethernet interfaces. These interfaces are provided as RJ-45 jacks or SFP slots and are labeled G1 and G2. Power Over Ethernet The NetVanta 7000 Power over Ethernet (PoE) interfaces provide the ability to detect attached powered devices (PD) and deliver 48 VDC to the PD via existing CAT5 cabling. The PoE interfaces are fully compliant with the IEEE 802.3af power over Ethernet standard. By default, the PoE ports automatically discover and provide power to IEEEcompliant PDs. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-5 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration NetVanta 7000 Rear Panel NetVanta 7000 Rear Panel Music on Hold Input, Paging output Compact Flash NIM/VIM Slot 2 NIM/VIM Slot 1 Analog Trunks (2) Analog Stations (2) AC 120/ 240 VAC DB9 Console WAN Ethernet Port Door Relay The NetVanta 7000 rear panel contains a power connection and a single DB-9 (female) interface (labeled CONSOLE) used for connecting to a VT100 terminal or a PC running VT100 terminal emulation software. The rear panel also includes the Ethernet port (labeled ETH 0/0) for WAN and/or administration connectivity, dual analog stations and trunks, compact flash (CF), message on hold (MOH), PAGE, and alarm contacts (DOOR RELAY). In addition, the NetVanta 7000 contains modular network interfaces that accept a variety of modules. 2-6 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration NetVanta 7000 Memory NetVanta 7000 Memory • FLASH (32 Mbytes) – – – – boot code storage / compressed application code storage store non-volatile configuration data (startup-config) store non-volatile dynamic voice config (dynvoice-config) retains contents when NetVanta is powered down • CFLASH (256 Mbytes) – – – – Non-volatile storage of Voicemail and User prompts Firmware and configs can be stored here Can store up to 3000 voicemail messages retains contents when NetVanta is powered down • RAM (128 Mbytes) – running copy of the application code – running copy of the configuration file (running-config) Flash memory is non-volatile memory and is where the boot code, compressed application code, saved configurations, and startup-configurations are stored. Everything in Flash is saved when the NetVanta is powered down. The NetVanta has the ability to save different user defined configurations that may be loaded into the running-configuration in RAM. The number of configuration files that can be saved is only limited by the amount of Flash memory used. RAM (Random Access Memory) is the main memory and contains a running copy of the application code, a running copy of the configuration file, and is considered volatile memory. Therefore, it is cleared when the NetVanta AOS device is powered down. The actual compressed application code is stored in Flash, but is uncompressed and stored in RAM upon device bootup. Changes to the running-configuration are also stored here. This is why it is important to save or write your configuration changes to FLASH and therefore include them in your startup-configuration file. The type of RAM typically incorporated in the AOS devices is dynamic RAM (DRAM). The CF (CompactFlash) slot supports a small flash memory module. The memory chips are enclosed in a case and retain data after they are removed from the system. The CompactFlash card may be used to store configuration files and AOS images. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-7 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Boot Process Boot Process On power up, the boot code looks for a valid application image NetVanta 7000 Boot code Does not Exist Enter Bootstrap mode: Bootstrap> If needed, password recovery can be done from the Bootstrap mode NetVanta 7000 starts with defaults Exists Application Code Uncompressed from FLASH and executed in RAM startup-config & dynvoice-config Loaded from NVRAM to RAM and processed line by line Ready Unit Boot Up Plug the unit into the wall and turn on the power. The unit begins the boot up process, which includes the following: • The Power-On Self Test runs. - • This test checks the unit hardware for normal operation. The hardware includes the central processing unit (CPU), the memory, and the interfaces. The Bootstrap Startup Program (factory set in the ROM) runs. - The Bootstrap Startup Program is read by the unit to discover the proper source for the operating system image. • The operating system image is loaded into RAM. • The configuration files startup-config and dynvoice-config saved in NVRAM are loaded into RAM, where they are accessed by the unit and then executed one line at a time. 2-8 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Configuration Methods Configuration Methods Two Configuration methods • ADTRAN Operating System (CLI) – Connect a PC’s VT100 Terminal – Console port, telnet, secure shell • Web-Based GUI – PC with installed web browser – HTTP (port 80) or HTTPS (port 443) – Internet Explorer 5 or Higher; Firefox 1.5 or Higher The NetVanta products can be configured through the Command Line Interface (CLI) or the Web-based Graphical Interface (GUI). Both are enabled from the factory. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-9 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Console Port Connection Console Port Connection • Use a DB-9 (male) to DB-9 (female) straight-through serial cable • Open a VT-100 session with the NetVanta 7100 • Configure the COM port with the following parameters: – – – – – Data Rate: 9600 Data Bits: 8 Parity Bits: None Stop Bits: 1 Flow Control: None Console ACCESSING THE CLI Access the AOS CLI via the CONSOLE port or a Telnet session. To establish a connection to the NetVanta unit’s CONSOLE port, you need the following items: • VT100 terminal or PC (with VT100 terminal emulation software) • Straight-through serial cable with a DB-9 (male) connector on one end and the appropriate interface for your terminal or PC communication port on the other end a. Connect the DB-9 (male) connector of your serial cable to the CONSOLE port on the rear panel of the unit. b. Connect the other end of the serial cable to the terminal or PC. c. Insert the connector of the provided power cord into the power interface on the rear panel of the unit, and plug the cord into a standard electrical outlet. d. Once the unit is powered up, open a VT100 terminal session using the following settings: 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity bits, and 1 stop bit. e. Pressto activate the AOS CLI. f. Enter “enable” at the > prompt and then the enable password when prompted - 2-10 The default enable password is password NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration ADTRAN Operating System ADTRAN Operating System • ADTRAN Operating System – Command Line Interface (CLI) – Press RETURN to access the basic ADTRAN OS security level When you first log into the unit, or if your session has timed out, you will see the screen above. Simply press or to log back into the NetVanta. Note: This allows you to access the NetVanta’s Command Line Interface. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-11 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Command Security Levels Command Security Levels Two Command Security Levels – Each security level supports a specific set of commands • Basic Level (Initial Level) NV7100> – display system information with show command – perform traceroute, ping, and telnet – enter the enable (privileged) level NV7100> enable Password : ******** NV7100# • Enable Level NV7100# – manage the startup and running configurations – use the debug commands – enter the Global Configuration mode There are two command security modes, each one supporting a specific set of commands. When first logging into the NetVanta via the Command Line Interface (CLI), you are in Basic mode. Basic Mode Interaction with your unit begins at the Basic mode. The commands supported at this command tier are limited, as is interaction with the unit itself. The Basic mode is to keep users without access to the higher tiered commands from changing the preferred configurations of the unit. Enable Mode Enable mode is the privileged mode in the command hierarchy, one step up from the Basic mode. ADTRAN suggests that a password be required to access the Enable mode. From the Enable mode, you can access the configurations of your product as well as handle the boot settings and running configuration, among other things. 2-12 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Global Configuration Mode Global Configuration Mode • Enter from the Enable level NV7100# configure terminal NV7100(config)# • From this mode you can: – set the system’s enable password(s) – configure the system global IP parameters – enter any of the other configuration modes Global configuration mode allows the user to set the system’s enable passwords, configure the global IP parameters, and enter into any of the other configuration modes. To see the commands available to the Global configuration mode, type a question mark at the prompt. A list of commands and brief description of their function will be displayed. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-13 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Specific Configuration Modes Specific Configuration Modes • Global Configuration Mode NV7100(config)# • Line Configuration Mode NV7100(config-con0)# NV7100(config-telnet0)# (config)# line con 0 (config)# line tel 0 • Router Configuration Mode NV7100(config-rip)# NV7100(config-ospf)# (config)# router rip (config)# router ospf • Interface Configuration Mode NV7100(config-eth 0/1)# NV7100(config-t1 1/1)# (config)# int eth 0/1 (config)# int t1 1/1 – Type exit to return to Global Config mode – Type “z” to exit out of Config mode NV7100(config-rip)# exit NV7100(config)# NV7100(config-rip)# z NV7100# The Global configuration mode allows the user to make changes that are ‘global’ to the unit, and not specific to one interface. A configuration change made in Global configuration mode would affect all the enabled interfaces in the device. Examples of the various configuration modes are displayed below: Mode Access by… Sample Prompt Operation Global Entering config while at (config)# the Enable command security level prompt. • Set the system’s Enablelevel password(s) • Configure the system global IP parameters • Configure the SNMP parameters • Enter any of the other configuration modes Example: >enable #config t 2-14 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Line Specifying a line (console (config-con0)# or Telnet) while at the Global Configuration mode prompt. • Configure the console terminal settings (data rate, login password, etc.) • Create Telnet login and specify parameters (login password, etc.) (config-rip)# Enter router rip or router ospf while at the Global Configuration mode prompt. • Configure RIP or OSPF parameters • Suppress route updates For example: • Redistribute information from outside routing sources (protocols) • Configure parameters for the available LAN and WAN interfaces For example: >enable #config t (config)#line console 0 Router >enable #config t (config)#router rip Interface Specify an interface (T1, Ethernet, Switchport, Frame Relay, PPP, etc.) while in the Global Configuration mode. For example: >enable #config t (config)#int eth 0/1 (config-eth 0/1)# (The above prompt is for the first Ethernet switchport interface located on the front panel of the unit.) NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-15 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Help Tools Help Tools • “?” Command – List available commands NV7100# ? – List options available to command NV7100# show ? – Auto finish NV7100# tr NV7100# traceroute Arguably, the ? is the most used command in the CLI. No matter if one is a novice or expert the ? is a valuable resource. There are thousands of commands and parameters in the AOS and the ? allows one to search for the elusive directive. To aid in the execution and at times the correction of commands the AOS includes shortcut keys. These shortcuts move the cursor forward and backward on the command line. Further information regarding these Help tools is available on the following pages. 2-16 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration The following shortcut keys are available from the CLI configuration: Shortcut Description Up arrow key To re-display a previously entered command, use the up arrow key. Continuing to press the up arrow key cycles through all commands entered starting with the most recent command. Pressing the key after entering a partial (but unique) command will complete the command, display it on the command prompt line, and wait for further input. The ADTRAN CLI contains help to guide you through the configuration process. Using the question mark, do any of the following: Display a list of all subcommands in the current mode. For example: key ? (config-t1 1/1)#coding ? ami - Alternate Mark Inversion b8zs - Bipolar Eight Zero Substitution Display a list of available commands beginning with certain letter(s). For example: (config)#ip d? default-gateway dhcp-server domain-lookup domain-name domain-proxy Obtain syntax help for a specific command by entering the command, a space, and then a question mark (?). The ADTRAN CLI displays the range of values and a brief description of the next parameter expected for that particular command. For example: auto finish (config-eth 0/1)#mtu ? <64-1500> - MTU (bytes) Jump to the beginning of the displayed command line. This shortcut is helpful when using the no form of commands (when available). For example, pressing at the following prompt will place the cursor directly after the #: config(eth-0/1)#ip address 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0 Jump to the end of the displayed command line. For example, pressing at the following prompt will place the cursor directly after the 1: config(eth-0/1)#ip address 192.168.10.1 Clears the current displayed command line. The following provides an example of the feature: config(eth-0/1)#ip address 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0 (Press here) config(eth-0/1)# You need only enter enough letters to identify a command as unique. For example, entering int t1 1/1 at the Global configuration prompt provides you access to the configuration parameters for the specified T1 interface. Entering interface t1 1/1 would work as well, but is not necessary. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-17 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration General Command Introduction General Command Introduction • Basic security level – show version – enable • Enable security level – – – – – 2-18 show flash show cflash show startup-config show running-config copy running-config startup-confi NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration show version command show version command • Displays system hardware and software info NV7100> show version ADTRAN, Inc. OS version A2.03.00.E Mainline Version: M00 Checksum: 8A30C916, built on Fri Mar 27 08:22:35 2009 Upgrade key: fb9ab213c71d061d002d70615ed80777 Boot ROM version 15.01.00 Checksum: 0F45, built on: Thu Apr 26 10:28:09 2007 Copyright (c) 1999-2007, ADTRAN, Inc. Platform: NetVanta 7100, part number 1200796E1 Serial number G17A8905 Flash: 33554432 bytes DRAM: 134217728 bytes NV7100 uptime is 3 days, 19 hours, 8 minutes, 13 seconds slot 0, DSP 1 DSP software version: G1.A2.02.17 DSP hardware version: Freescale MSC7116 Total channels: 20 System returned to ROM by Software Watchdog Current system image file is "NONVOL:/NV7100A-A2-03-00-E.biz" Boot system image file is "NONVOL:/NV7100A-A2-03-00-E.biz" Primary system configuration file is "startup-config" NV7100# Use the show version command to display the current AOS version information. Other key information that appears from the show version output is the NetVanta unit information including the part number and serial number. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-19 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration show flash command show flash command • List files stored in FLASH NV7100# show flash 158 462 20280 939 163 000000000000-directory.xml 000000000000.cfg adtran-sip.cfg adtran_000000000000.txt adtran_boot.txt : customer-sip.cfg defaultpolycom.cfg startup-config / dynvoice-config text files that are read and executed line by line at startup 119 7890 2512 dynvoice-config 12164 startup-config 837 polycomboot.cfg 739 polycomboot_remote.cfg .biz file 779 polycomConfigDefaults.cfg 130729 sip.cfg the NetVanta 7100 application image 87 sip.ver NV7100A-A2-03-00-E.biz 14540095 15055905 bytes used, 15684030 available, 30739935 total NV7100# The show flash command may be executed from the Enable security mode and shows what is currently stored in the Flash portion of NVRAM. In this output, the “.biz” file is the application image, or the firmware. Generally, any application images will have a .biz extension. There may be multiple image files stored in flash with a .biz extension. The sizes of each of the files are listed in front of the file names. The total space used and available is also shown. To view the image that was loaded upon startup, type the show version command. Other files listed in flash include the startup-configuration file, the startup-config.bak file, and any other configuration files that have been created. The startup-config file is a text file that is read and executed line by line at startup. If no startup-config file exists and no other file is specified to be used at startup, the router will load with factory default settings. If a startup-config file does exist and no other file is specified to be used at startup, the NetVanta will always use this file named startup-config to load the initial configuration. The startup-config.bak file is a backup file that is automatically created and updated as changes are made to the startup-config file. 2-20 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration show cflash command show cflash command • List files stored in Compact FLASH NV7100# show cflash 373 000000000000.cfg AA - Stores Auto Attendant Files (dir) 0 AA (dir) 0 ADTRAN ADTRAN - Stores ADTRAN phone config files (dir) 0 Polycom Polycom - Stores Polycom phone config files 845 polycomboot.cfg 739 polycomboot_remote.cfg (dir) 0 SystemDefaultPrompts (dir) 0 VoiceMail 29847552 bytes used, 225980416 available, 255827968 total NV7100# – System Default Prompts • General System prompts • Used with Auto Attendant, Voicemail, etc.. – Voicemail • Name, temporary, external, and internal greetings • Messages Use the show cflash command to display a list of all files currently stored in CompactFlash® memory or details about a specific file stored in CompactFlash memory. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-21 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration show startup-config show startup-config • Display the startup configuration NV7100# show startup-config – startup-config is located in NVRAM – startup-config is loaded from NVRAM to RAM and processed line by line at startup To show the contents of the startup-config file, use the command show startup-config at the Enable security mode. The startup-config file is stored in the Flash portion of NVRAM and will be displayed line by line to the screen output when executing this command. If no startup-config file exists, the router will show a message stating that “File does not exist.” 2-22 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration show running-config show running-config • Display the running configuration NV7100# show running-config – running-config is located in RAM – Cleared when the NetVanta 7000 is powered down Use the show running-config command to display all the non-default parameters contained in the current running configuration file. Specific portions of the running configuration may be displayed, based on the command entered. Variations of this command can be seen by issuing “show run ?” . NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-23 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration show running-config verbose Default Settings • Examine the running configuration along with the NetVanta 7000 default settings NV7100# show running-config : line con 0 no login password "" line-timeout 15 databits 8 parity none stopbits 1 speed 9600 no flowcontrol software in : verbose Partial output displayed... The show running-configuration output only displays the basic configuration settings and any changes made from the default configuration settings. The show runningconfiguration verbose command displays all of the default and non-default configured parameters in the NetVanta device. 2-24 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration show dynvoice-config show dynvoice-config • Display Dynamic Voice configuration NV7100# show Using 1025 bytes dynvoice-config ! voice user 2000 connect sip cos "public_phones" first-name "Default" last-name "IP Phone" password "1234" phone model adtran 480i codec-group g711_first voicemail notify schedule Sunday 12:00 am ! voice user 2001 connect fxs 0/1 cos "normal_users" first-name "Analog FXS" last-name "Port 0/1" password "1234" Continued… ! voice user 2002 connect fxs 0/2 cos "normal_users" first-name "Analog FXS" last-name "Port 0/2" password "1234" : : ! ! voice operator-group type all num-rings 4 member 2001 login-member 2001 member 2002 coverage aa : : Partial output displayed... Stores Voice Users and Ring Groups Use the show dynvoice-config command to display the dynamic voice configuration. This file stores voice user and ring group configuration. The dynvoice-config file is stored in the Flash portion of NVRAM and will be displayed line by line to the screen when executing this command. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-25 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Saving Configuration Saving Configuration • Save current configuration to startup-config NV7100# copy running-config startup-config or NVRAM NV7100# write memory – startup-config is located in NVRAM – NVRAM retains contents when the NetVanta 7000 is powered down – startup-config is read and executed line by line at startup In order to save any changes that were made to the configuration since the unit was powered on, you must copy the running configuration into the startup configuration file in NVRAM. The following commands may be used to save the configuration: NV7100# copy running-config startup-config NV7100# write memory 2-26 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Factory-default Command Factory-default Command • Restore unit to factory-default settings NV7100# factory-default WARNING - Restoring the factory default settings will erase the current startup configuration and will reboot the unit. Restore factory default settings?[y/n] – This command erases the current startup-config and dynvoice-config files, and then creates the factory delivered startup-config and dynvoice-config files before rebooting Use the factory-default command to reset the unit to the factory default settings. After you issue this command, the system responds by first warning you that restoring the factory default settings will erase the current configurations. It then asks if you would like to proceed. Choose n to return to the command prompt (no configuration changes are made). Choose y to erase the startup-configuration, replace it with the factory-default configuration, and reboot the unit. After reboot, the new configuration takes effect. The only files that are affected by the factory-default are startup-config and dynvoiceconfig. No other files are removed or modified. • IP phones look for configuration files from the boot server at boot. If you wish to default the unit and phones, the phone configuration files must be removed also. • Phone configuration files are created by the NetVanta 7000 when creating new voice users for ADTRAN and Polycom phones. These files will be covered in a later module. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-27 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration 2-28 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration NetVanta 7000 - Factory Default Configuration NetVanta 7000 Factory Default Configuration PSTN INTERNET Phone - FXS Analog - FXO Ethernet WAN Door Phone - FXS The NetVanta 7000 is delivered from the factory with a default configuration that will allow you to quickly deploy a complete IP telephony and Data networking Solution. NetVanta 7000 - Data (VLAN) Factory Defaults NetVanta 7000 Data (VLAN) Factory Defaults Ethernet 0/1-24 DATA VLAN VLAN 1 IP Address: 10.10.10.1/24 NetVanta 7100 VOICE VLAN VLAN 2 IP Address: 10.10.20.1/24 Enabled (activated with no shutdown) Speed/Duplex/Cable Type: auto Switchport mode: trunk Allowed VLANs: all Native VLAN: 1 Spanning Tree Mode: edgeport Gigabit 0/1-2 Enabled (activated with no shutdown) Speed/Duplex/Cable Type: auto VLAN membership: trunk Native VLAN: 1 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-29 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration NetVanta 7100 - Data Factory Defaults NetVanta 7100 Data Factory Defaults DATA DHCP Server: Enabled Network 10.10.10.0 /24 Default Route: 10.10.10.1 DNS: 10.10.10.1 TFTP Server: 10.10.10.1 Option 157: Boot Parameters for ADTRAN IP Phones Firewall enabled ETH 0/0 WAN DHCP Client All traffic allowed out NetVanta 7100 Internet No traffic allowed in to LAN VOICE DHCP Server: Enabled Except the following: Network 10.10.20.0 /24 Default Route: 10.10.20.1 DNS: 10.10.20.1 TFTP Server: 10.10.20.1 Option 157: Boot Parameters for ADTRAN IP Phones SIP (UDP Port 5060) WAN ADMIN Access Secure Shell - ssh Secure Web - https NetVanta 7100 - Mgmt Factory Defaults NetVanta 7100 Mgmt Factory Defaults Management IP Address: VLAN 1: 10.10.10.1 /24 VLAN 2: 10.10.20.1 /24 NetVanta 7100 Internet LAN ADMIN Access Console: no login VT100: 9600, 8, n, 1, no flow control telnet / ssh http / https ftp / tftp WAN ADMIN Access Secure Shell - ssh Secure Web - https Username: admin Password: password Enable password: password 2-30 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Phone FTP Account Username: polycomftp Password: password Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Access the NetVanta 7000 GUI Access the NetVanta 7000 GUI 1) Enter IP address/admin of NetVanta 7000 Default IP Address: 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.1/admin 2) Enter username and password Default username: admin Default password: password The Web-based Graphical User Interface (GUI) is enabled from the factory. If the web interface has been disabled or you wish to enable it with another NetVanta product, the minimum configuration would be: - Turn on web server (ip http server) - Add username and password (username admin password password) - Assign IP address to VLAN or router interface ACCESSING THE GUI 1. Connect the unit to your PC using the first Ethernet (eth 0/1) port on the front of the unit 2. Set your PC to obtain an IP address automatically via Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) or change your PC to a fixed IP address of 10.10.10.2 - If you cannot change the PC’s IP address, you will need to change the unit’s IP address using the CLI 3. Enter the unit’s IP address/admin in your browser address line - The default IP address is 10.10.10.1/admin 4. You will then be prompted for the username and password - The default settings are admin and password NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-31 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration NetVanta 7000 Menus NetVanta 7000 Menus Voice Continued... more NetVanta 7000 Menus NetVanta 7000 Menus Data Continued... 2-32 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration NetVanta 7000 - System Factory Defaults NetVanta 7000 System Factory Defaults ETH 0/0 WAN DHCP Client NetVanta 7100 Internet ADMIN ACCESS Username: admin Password: password Services Enabled: telnet / ssh http / https tftp / sntp DHCP Server Data: 10.10.10.0 network Voice: 10.10.20.0 network Phone FTP Account Enable password: password DNS Proxy: Enabled Username: polycomftp Password: password From the factory, the NetVanta Web-Based GUI is enabled and ready to be accessed. The NetVanta is shipped from the factory with the services shown above. ADTRAN strongly recommends that you change the default passwords shown above. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-33 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration System/System Summary System / System Summary • SNTP Configuration - Define SNTP Server (Simple Network Time Protocol) The System Summary screen allows the user to view general system information regarding the NetVanta 7000. This includes the firmware version, the part number, serial number, and system uptime. System time and date may also be viewed (and set) on this screen. Current System Clock Source The preferred timing source for the system is defined here. The NetVanta 7000 can have up to two independent T1 clock sources when a PRI is used. Select the T1/PRI interface to configure the system timing source for the voice subsystem. Configurable menu items such as system time and date are indicated by blue underlined text. The user may click on these items to make changes. Non-configurable items are shown in black text and are read-only status fields that may not be configured through this menu. 2-34 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration System/Physical Interfaces System / Physical Interfaces • List available Physical Interfaces Physical Interfaces: Built In eth 0/0 WAN port eth 0/1 - eth 0/24 Switch ports gig 0/1 - gig 0/2 Gig switch ports fxs 0/1 - fxs 0/1 Station Ports fxo 0/1 - fxo 0/2 Trunk Ports Physical Interfaces: Modular • Includes NIM/VIM interfaces t1 1/1 T1/ PRI port Fxs 2/1 - 2/2 Station ports Fxo 2/1 - 2/2 Trunk port System/Passwords System / Passwords • Password Encryption – Enabling this feature will encrypt all existing passwords and any passwords entered in the future – When disabled, all passwords entered will be clear text – Example: • • Clear text: username admin password password Encrypted: username "admin" password encrypted "171fa669387f868ae7438c2154f6ae69bcb2" more NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-35 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration System/Passwords System / Passwords • User Login List Users created here can be given access to http, https, telnet, ssh, and ftp Default User Username: admin Password: password more User Login List Use this table to configure the username and password to use for all protocols requiring a user name-based authentication system, including FTP server authentication, line (login local-user list), HTTP, HTTPS, SSH, and Telnet access. The username can be assigned a Portal List defining the specific application that this user will have access to. If you do not assign a portal-list to a username, that username can be used to authenticate any portal that is setup to use the local user list. 2-36 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration System/Passwords System / Passwords • Portal-List allow users to be created with restricted access modes 1. Create the portal list with associated services and/or lines 2. Assign users to a portal list – – Does not enable privilege levels Simply allows a user to access the router using only the specified services or lines more Portal-List (Optional) You have the option to create a portal-list and assign that list to one or more usernames. Once this list is assigned to the username, that username can only authenticate the portals specified in the list as shown below: - Console - FTP - SSH - Telnet - HTTP-Admin NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-37 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration System/Passwords System / Passwords • Enable Password Default Password password – The enable password is required to access the privileged “enable” mode from the command line of the ADTRAN Operating System more System/Passwords System / Passwords • Telnet Password Local user list is default to username: admin and password: password – The telnet password is required to remotely login to the command line of the ADTRAN Operating System 2-38 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration System/IP Services System / IP Services • Enable/disable desired IP Services NetVanta Servers: - SNMP - FTP - TFTP - HTTP - HTTPS - SCP - Telnet - SSH - SNTP more System/IP Services System / IP Services • IP Services (Continued…) Default inactivity timer: 10 minutes NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-39 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration System/DHCP Server System / DHCP Server • DHCP Server Configuration Type name and click Add to create new DHCP server pool Click to edit existing pool DHCP Leases more The DHCP Server is enabled by default for both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2. The DHCP Server pool for VLAN 1, the data network, provides IP addresses from the 10.10.10.0 /24 network. The DHCP Server pool for VLAN 2, the voice network, provides IP addresses from the 10.10.20.0 /24 network. If there is an existing DHCP server that you wish to use, there are a couple of options: a. Remove the default DHCP server for VLAN 1 (typically for PCs on the LAN) and leave the default DHCP server for VLAN 2 (used by IP Phones) b. Remove the DHCP Server pools for both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 and allow the existing DHCP server to service both VLANs Note: If the NetVanta 7060/7100 DHCP server is not used, DHCP Options (66 and 157) will need to be configured on the existing DHCP server. Review the default configuration of the DHCP server pools for details and syntax. 2-40 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration DHCP Server Pool – Required Configuration System / DHCP Server • LAN_pool Required DHCP parameters DATA DHCP Pool SA: 10.10.10.0 SM: 255.255.255.0 DG: 10.10.10.1 DNS: 10.10.10.1 Lease: 1 day - DHCP pool for VLAN 1 (Data network) more The DHCP Server pool for VLAN 1, the data network, provides IP addresses from the 10.10.10.0 /24 network. Untagged traffic that enters a Switchport will be assigned to the native VLAN, VLAN 1 by default. Since the IP address assigned to interface VLAN 1 falls in the subnet 10.10.10.0 /24, it uses the DHCP pool LAN_Pool. REQUIRED DHCP CONFIGURATION IP Address Subnet The IP addresses on the assigned subnet that are NOT excluded will be assigned to clients. A Pool can be created to reserve a fixed IP address for a specific host. Host will always be assigned this IP address and network mask. Typically the MAC address is set to the host's Ethernet adapter MAC address. Default Gateway The default-gateway IP address that the DHCP server will assign to clients. When specifying a router to use, verify that the router is on the same subnet as the DHCP client. Typically, the default-gateway should be set to the IP address of an interface on the unit you are configuring. Primary DNS If DNS proxy is enabled, the unit will forward DNS requests sent to any of its interface IP addresses to the DNS servers. These servers can be obtained dynamically from an ISP or configured statically on the Hostname/DNS page. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-41 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration DHCP Server Pool – Optional Configuration System / DHCP Server • LAN_pool Optional DHCP parameters The Network Time Protocol server is set to the NV 7100 TFTP Server: tftp://10.10.10.1 Note: This is option 66 A default Polycom phone request this option to learn the identity of the boot server A list of NTP time servers can be found on NIST’s web site http://tf.nist.gov/timefreq/service/time-servers.html Example: time-a.nist.gov - 129.6.15.28 more Domain Name The Domain that the DHCP Clients will be a member of. Secondary DNS Clients will use secondary DNS if name resolution with primary fails. Primary WINS Needed for Microsoft Networking so clients can resolve NetBIOS names. Clients will typically use secondary WINS if NetBIOS name resolution fails with primary. TFTP Server Host name (or address) of the TFTP server given to any requesting DHCP client. The default value of tftp://10.10.10.1 is used by factory default Polycom phones during the initial boot. A boot files tell the Polycom phone to use FTP after initial boot. NTP Server Network Time Protocol IP address served to a DHCP client. By default, the NetVanta 7XXX is the NTP server for LAN clients. The public time server used by the NetVanta 7XXX is configured from the System/Summary menu. Timezone offset Timezone offset in hours (-12 to 12). There are 25 integer World Time Zones from -12 through 0 (GMT) to +12. Each one is 15° of Longitude as measured East and West from the Prime Meridian of the World at Greenwich, England. Set for your region. 2-42 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration DHCP Server Pool – Numbered Options System / DHCP Server • LAN_pool Numbered DHCP Options Option 157 TftpServers=0.0.0.0 FtpServers=10.10.20.1:/ADTRAN FtpLogin=polycomftp FtpPassword=password Layer2Tagging=True VlanID=2 • The IP 700 Series phone uses site-specific Option 157 to request boot parameters more DHCP numbered options describe a generic DHCP option to be published to the DHCP client. The admin may specify any number of generic options to be published to the client. Number Generic option number. Valid values are 0-255. Type The data type for the numbered option: - Ascii Text - Hex - IP Address ASCII Text ASCII text data for the option. The IP 700 Series phone uses site-specific Option 157 to provide the following information to the phones: TftpServers=0.0.0.0, FtpServers=10.10.20.1:/ADTRAN, FtpLogin=polycomftp, FtpPassword=password, Layer2Tagging=True, VlanID=2 * Option 157 must be set on both the LAN_pool and the VoIP_pool to direct the phones to the correct boot server. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-43 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration System/DHCP Server System / DHCP Server • VoIP_pool Required DHCP parameters VOICE DHCP Pool SA: 10.10.20.0 SM: 255.255.255.0 DG: 10.10.20.1 DNS: 10.10.20.1 Lease: 1 day - DHCP pool for VLAN 2 (Voice network) more The DHCP Server pool for VLAN 2, the voice network, provides IP addresses from the 10.10.20.0 /24 network. Generally, IP phones will learn and tag voice traffic with a VLAN ID of 2. Since the IP address assigned to interface VLAN 2 falls in the subnet 10.10.20.0 /24, it uses the DHCP pool VoIP_Pool. Other than IP addresses, the DHCP server pools LAN_Pool and VoIP_Pool are identical. 2-44 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration System/DHCP Server System / DHCP Server • VoIP_pool Optional DHCP parameters TFTP Server: tftp://10.10.20.1 Note: This is option 66 A default Polycom phone request this option to learn the identity of the boot server The Network Time Protocol server is set to the NV 7100 A list of NTP time servers can be found on NIST’s web site http://tf.nist.gov/timefreq/service/time-servers.html Example: time-a.nist.gov - 129.6.15.28 more System/DHCP Server System / DHCP Server • VoIP_pool Numbered DHCP Options Option 157 TftpServers=0.0.0.0 FtpServers=10.10.20.1:/ADTRAN FtpLogin=polycomftp FtpPassword=password Layer2Tagging=True VlanID=2 • The IP 700 Series phone uses site-specific Option 157 to request boot parameters NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-45 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration System/Hostname/DNS System / Hostname / DNS • DNS Proxy DNS Proxy - The NetVanta 7100 will proxy for clients on the network Host Name Alphanumeric string to be used as a unique description for the unit. Domain Default IP domain name to be used by the unit to resolve host names. Primary /Seconday DNS IP Address: Primary/Seconday name server to use for name-to-address resolution (optional). DHCP DNS Server Addresses: List of IP DNS address allocated by DHCP. Enable DNS Lookup: Enable/Disable the IP DNS (domain naming system), allowing DNS-based host translation (name-to-address). Enable DNS Proxy By default, DHCP clients send DNS request to the NetVanta 7XXX. With DNS Proxy enabled, The NetVanta 7XXX will forward the DNS request to the DNS server it learned on it WAN. The Ethernet 0/0 WAN interface is configured as a DHCP client by default. If the NetVanta 7XXX DHCP pools are configured with the ISPs DNS server IP address, DNS Proxy can be disabled. 2-46 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration NetVanta 7000 Data/Switch Factory Defaults NetVanta 7000 Data / Switch Factory Defaults ETH 0/0 WAN DHCP Client NetVanta 7100 Internet VLANs Data - VLAN 1 IP Address: 10.10.10.1/24 Voice - VLAN 2 IP Address: 10.10.20.1/24 Ethernet 0/1-24 Enabled (activated with no shut) Speed/Duplex/Cable Type: auto Switchport mode: trunk Allowed VLANs: all Native VLAN: 1 Spanning Tree Mode: edgeport Gigabit 0/1-2 Enabled (activated with no shut) Speed/Duplex/Cable Type: auto VLAN membership: trunk VLAN 1 is defined with an IP address of 10.10.10.1 255.255.255.0 VLAN 2 is defined with an IP address of 10.10.20.1 255.255.255.0 It is often necessary to change the VLAN IP address scheme on a NetVanta 7100 from its factory default settings. This is usually done at the request of the customer so that the NetVanta 7100 can reside in an existing network without requiring changes to devices currently running on that network. If changing the current IP scheme, additional settings will need to be applied in order to have proper phone operation when VLAN subnet changes have been applied. Include the following areas when making your IP changes: - DHCP Pools IP Phone Config – Boot Settings tab IP Phone Configs – Default Settings tab Firewall Policies NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-47 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Switch Factory Defaults VLANs Switch Factory Defaults VLANs What is a VLAN? A VLAN (Virtual LAN) acts like an ordinary LAN, but connected devices don't have to be physically connected to the same segment. Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) Routers, computers and other data devices have the ability to send a type of message known as a “broadcast message”. Broadcast messages are sent to every device or node within a given network or subnetwork. Common functions of broadcast messages are to identify when network devices are enabled and available, to advertise services, and to request address resolution. Many of these types of messages are vital to network operation. Yet, the frequency of these messages and the number of devices on a network transmitting these messages could cause network congestion. Unlike collision domains, which may be divided based on Layer 2 MAC Addresses, broadcast domains typically exist at the logical or network layer of the OSI model. An example of this is when a broadcast message is defined for the broadcast address (10.10.10.255) of the (10.10.10.0/24) network. A Layer 2 switch would forward this message (or IP packet) out all switch ports, as it does not know which end devices are members of the 10.10.10.0/24 network. A router is the device that recognizes this. So, the question exists, how would a switch break up broadcast domains? Or, is this function only available in a Layer 3 device such as a router? 2-48 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Switch Factory Defaults With Out VLANs Switch Factory Defaults With Out VLANs Broadcast Domain 1 Broadcast Domain 2 Broadcast Domain 3 In a single Layer 2 switch, without the use of virtual local area networks (VLANs), this function is not possible. Separate switches create separate broadcast domains so that broadcast messages from attached devices do not get sent to devices attached to the other switches, unless sent through the router. Every device connected to a single switch will receive all broadcast traffic generated by any end device connected to that same switch. This is not the most streamlined or cost-effective approach to designing a network. Purchasing switches simply to break up a broadcast domain, and not based on port density and performance, may lead to wasted switch ports and underutilized resources. An alternative solution is the use of VLANs in a single switch. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-49 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Switch Factory Defaults With VLANs Switch Factory Defaults With VLANs Broadcast Domain 1 (VLAN 1) Broadcast Domain 2 (VLAN 2) Broadcast Domain 3 (VLAN 3) Incorporating VLANs Basic components of VLANs: A VLAN or Virtual Local Area Network is designed to provide a logical segmentation of devices which may be based on function or application, rather than physical location. VLANs provide the ability to break up broadcast domains in a switch by segmenting the ports of the switch based on their VLAN ID. Incorporating VLANs into a typical network allows for control and segmentation of that network. By using VLANs, a single switch may accomplish the same task as the previous diagram by creating separate broadcast domains but still allowing inter-vlan routing to occur (provided each switch and VLAN has a connection to the router). Multiple end-user devices may be connected to a single switch but belong to different numbered VLANs. Even though the devices are physically connected to the same switch, they would not be able to communicate without the aid of the router or other layer 3 device. (The router has the ability to route or talk between VLANs.) In essence, a VLAN breaks up a broadcast domain by allowing broadcast messages transmitted by devices that are connected to switchports with a specific VLAN membership ID to only be received by devices connected to switchports with that same VLAN membership ID. VLANs are able to span devices. Therefore, if trunk communication exists between two switches, devices connected to switchports that have the same VLAN membership ID on both switches are able to transmit and receive traffic within that VLAN without a router present. 2-50 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Port-Based VLAN Port-Based VLAN Port # 5 VLAN # 100 9 12 15 VLAN # 101 The NetVanta switchports support port-based or static VLANs. Static VLANs are created by manually assigning a VLAN number to a specific interface in configuration. The enddevice attached to that interface does not know the VLAN exists, as the switch is responsible for determining which VLAN the traffic came from and then forwarding broadcasts to other members of the same VLAN. Therefore, any device attached to a switchport defined with a specific VLAN ID would be able to transmit messages to other devices that are attached to switchports with the same VLAN ID. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-51 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Types of VLAN Ports Types of VLAN Ports • Access Port – Only a member of 1 VLAN • Trunk Port – Allows multiple VLANs (VLAN Trunking) – 802.1Q is the standard supported for VLAN Trunking – By default, all active VLANs are allowed to transmit and receive traffic on a trunk port All ports default as Trunk Port with Native VLAN 1 PC traffic untagged Goes to native vlan, VLAN 1 Phone learns and tags Voice = VLAN 2 PC traffic untagged – goes to native vlan = VLAN 1 There are two types of VLAN ports that may be configured on the NetVanta: access ports and trunk ports. Access ports may only be a member of one VLAN. Each switchport may be assigned a single access VLAN. Therefore, if connecting between devices a separate port is needed for each VLAN in access mode. This is a valid application, but will quickly use up available physical interfaces. However, a port may be used to transport multiple VLANs, typically in between switchports of different units or to a Layer 3 device such as a router. This port is known as a “trunk port”. Trunk ports are the other type of VLAN ports that may be configured in a NetVanta switch. A trunk port may carry multiple VLANs across a single interface. Trunk ports are used to connect to other devices that may also need to communicate with those VLANs, or to allow inter-vlan routing. A trunk is a point to point link that transmits and receives traffic between switches or between switches and routers. Trunks can carry traffic from multiple VLANs and can extend VLANs across an entire network. On a NetVanta unit, any switchport may be used for trunking. The standard for VLAN trunking is defined by the IEEE 802.1Q standard. This is the method that is supported in the NetVanta AOS devices. 2-52 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Data/Switch/VLANs Data / Switch / VLANs • VLAN Configuration Click to Add a new VLAN Click to edit existing VLAN Data – VLAN 1 IP: 10.10.10.1 SM: 255.255.255.0 Voice – VLAN 2 IP: 10.10.20.1 SM: 255.255.255.0 more Data/Switch/VLANs Data / Switch / VLANs • Data VLAN Data VLAN Name: Default ID: 1 Enable IP on this interface Enable VLAN interface more NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-53 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Data/Switch/VLANs Data / Switch / VLANs • Data VLAN (Continued…) Data VLAN Name: Default ID: 1 Address Type set to Static VLAN IP address and subnet mask Media-Gateway set to Primary Data/Switch/VLANs Data / Switch / VLANs • Voice VLAN Voice VLAN Name: VoIP ID: 2 Enable IP on this interface Enable VLAN interface more 2-54 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Data/Switch/VLANs Data / Switch / VLANs • Voice VLAN (Continued…) Voice VLAN Name: VoIP ID: 2 Address Type set to Static VLAN IP address and subnet mask Media-Gateway set to Primary Data/Switch/Ports Data / Switch / Ports • Switch Port Configuration Port Configuration Edge Port Mode: Enabled Membership: Trunk Speed/Duplex: Auto * With Spanning-tree running, switchports take 50 seconds to reach the forwarding state. With the Edge port mode enabled, active ports immediately go to forwarding state. more NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-55 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Data/Switch/Power Over Ethernet Data / Switch / Power Over Ethernet • Power Over Ethernet Power Options Auto: Detect 802.3af Legacy: Non 802.3af Off: Power disabled – The default setting of Auto will detect attached Powered Devices (PDs) and deliver 48 VDC, compliant with the IEEE 802.3af power-over-Ethernet standard Power over Ethernet (PoE) technology provides the ability to detect attached Powered Devices (PDs) and deliver 48 VDC to the PD via existing CAT5 cabling. The NetVanta 7000 units are fully compliant with the power delivery options called out in the IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet specification. By default, the PoE interfaces discover and provide power to IEEE compliant PDs. To disable power detection and supply, change the PoE port setting to Off. This can also be used as a quick toggle to power cycle phones. Remove power, click apply to remove power. Then change setting back to Auto and then click Apply to restore power to phone. The Legacy option, enables power detection and supply of legacy non-IEEE 802.3af compliant PDs. 2-56 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration NetVanta 7000 - Router Factory Defaults NetVanta 7000 Router Factory Defaults ETH 0/0 WAN DHCP Client NetVanta 7100 Internet VLANs Data - VLAN 1 IP Address: 10.10.10.1/24 Voice - VLAN 2 IP Address: 10.10.20.1/24 Ethernet 0/1-24 Switchport mode: trunk Allowed VLANs: all Native VLAN: 1 WAN Ethernet 0/0 WAN Ethernet 0/0 • Interface Ethernet 0/0 (WAN) Configuration WAN Ethernet Port • Click to edit interface eth 0/0 more NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-57 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration WAN Ethernet 0/0 WAN Ethernet 0/0 • Interface Ethernet 0/0 (WAN) Configuration Interface enabled more WAN Ethernet 0/0 WAN Ethernet 0/0 • Interface Ethernet 0/0 (WAN) Configuration DHCP Client 2-58 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Data / Router / Route table Data / Router / Route table • Default Route to ISP * From the factory, interface Ethernet 0/0 is configured as a DHCP client. The default route is learned from the ISP by default. From the factory, interface Ethernet 0/0 is configured as a DHCP client. Not only does the interface get assigned an IP address, it also receives a default route and the primary DNS server. If interface Ethernet 0/0 is being assigned a static IP address, you must manually define the default route used by the NetVanta 7XXX. To Configure a Default Route, set following: Destination Address: Destination Mask: Gateway: 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Enter next hop (gateway) or Select WAN interface NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-59 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration 2-60 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration NetVanta 7100 - Data/Firewall Factory Defaults NetVanta 7100 Data / Firewall Factory Defaults Firewall enabled All traffic allowed out NetVanta 7100 Internet PRIVATE PUBLIC No traffic allowed in to LAN Except the following: The factory default NetVanta 7100 has two security zones - Public - Private SIP (UDP Port 5060) WAN ADMIN Access Secure Shell - ssh Secure Web - https The factory default NetVanta 7100 allows (and NATs) all traffic going to the internet. UDP port 5060 SIP traffic, secure shell, and secure web traffic are the only traffic allowed in the PUBLIC interface by default. The NetVanta 7100 is equipped with a stateful inspection firewall. A stateful inspection firewall operates by monitoring traffic passing through it. It only allows traffic it is specifically configured to allow as well as return traffic matching traffic that was specifically allowed. For example, if a computer sends a request to a web site, through the firewall, it is only necessary to configure an allow (NAT) for the outbound traffic, the traffic from the requesting computer to the web server. The response traffic from the website will be automatically allowed. All traffic that has not been initiated from within the network will be automatically blocked unless otherwise specified. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-61 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Data/Firewall - Security Zones Data / Firewall Security Zones • Firewall Configuration Eth 0/0 is assigned to Public security zone and the Data and Voice VLANS are assigned to the Private security zone Click to edit exist Security Zone – The Factory Default NetVanta 7100 has two security zones (Public and Private) more Each interface should be associated with a Security Zone. A Security Zone is configured with a set of policies that define what action the firewall will perform on data sessions originating from that zone. A security zone that has no configured policies will allow all traffic to enter the interface. The Public and Private Security Zone listed above are present with the factory delivered NetVanta 7100. The firewall inspects traffic inbound. To control traffic coming from the Internet, modify the Public Security Zone. To control traffic coming from VLAN 1 or VLAN 2, modify the Private Security Zone. 2-62 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Data/Firewall - Public Security Zone Data / Firewall Public Security Zone • Access from Outside the NetVanta 7100 Top down processing – SIP Service Provider Traffic • Allow SIP (UDP 5060) traffic in – Admin Access • Allow allows https and ssh access from the Public security zone Public Security Zone - SIP Service Provider Traffic Public Security Zone SIP Service Provider Traffic • The SIP Service Provider policy allows SIP – UDP port 5060 from anywhere in to the NetVanta 7100 – If this is truly from a SIP service provider, the traffic selector should be modified defining the source as the specific IP address of service provider NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-63 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Public Security Zone – Admin Access Public Security Zone Admin Access • The Admin Access policy allows https and ssh access from the Public security zone by default – Can be more specific – Could also allow other admin traffic such as: • HTTP, FTP, SNMP, Telnet, and Ping Data/Firewall - Private Security Zone Data / Firewall Private Security Zone • Access from LAN Top down processing – Traffic to NetVanta • Inside traffic with destination of NetVanta 7100 allowed – Voice / Data VLAN Traffic • Allow VLAN to VLAN traffic – NAT list NAT • 2-64 Allow all traffic going to Internet NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Private Security Zone – Traffic to NetVanta Private Security Zone Traffic to NetVanta • Inside traffic with a destination of the NetVanta 7100 is allowed – Examples: • • • • • SIP RTP DHCP TFTP FTP Private Security Zone – Voice / Data VLAN Traffic Private Security Zone Voice / Data VLAN Traffic • • Allow VLAN to VLAN traffic Required if you want to allow the following: – PC with Softphone to call a SIP hard phone – PC to access WEB GUI of an IP phone NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-65 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Private Security Zone – NAT list NAT Private Security Zone NAT list NAT • Allow all traffic going to Internet – Traffic selectors matches all traffic – Outbound traffic is translated from the private inside IP address to the public IP address assigned to the outgoing interface 2-66 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration Module Objectives Module Summary At the end of this module, you should be able to: • Perform basic navigation in the ADTRAN OS • Navigate the NetVanta 7000 Web-Based GUI • Understand System Factory Defaults • Understand Switch Factory Defaults • Understand Router Factory Defaults • Understand Firewall Factory Defaults NetVanta IP Telephony Course 2-67 Module 2: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration 2-68 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 3-2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Module Objectives Module Objectives • Introduce the NetVanta 7000 Switchboard • Voice Settings – Dial Plan – Classes of Service • Voice Stations – User Accounts – Ring Group – Operator Group • Voice Trunks – Trunk Introduction – Analog Voice Trunk Configuration NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-3 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 3-4 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration NetVanta 7000 Switchboard – Call Routing NetVanta IP Telephony Course NetVanta 7000 Switchboard Call Routing NetVanta 7000 Switchboard NetVanta 7000 Switchboard • The switchboard in AOS voice products ensures that inbound and outbound phone calls are routed to the proper voice station, trunk, or other extension PSTN NetVanta 7000 ? Switchboard VOIP NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-5 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice - Stations Voice – Stations • The Voice Station “User Accounts” are the individual voice users on the system • Supported Voice Station Phone Types: • SIP • Analog • Virtual Virtual User Analog Users PSTN or VOIP SIP Users SIP Users Voice - Trunks Voice - Trunks • Trunk lines connect the NetVanta 7000 to the outside world. They are delivered from the carrier and may be digital or analog. • Supported Voice Trunk Types – – – – Analog T1-RBS T1-ISDN PRI SIP PSTN NetVanta 7000 alo An g T1 or SIP 3-6 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Carrier VOIP Network Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration ANI/DNIS NetVanta 7000 Switchboard ANI/DNIS • By default, the NetVanta 7000 makes call routing decisions based on DNIS – ANI - Automatic Number Identification • the calling party’s information • typically represents the caller's number – DNIS - Dialed Number Identification Service • the called party’s information • typically represents the number that the originating caller dialed To: DNIS From: ANI ANI Calling Party DNIS Called Party ANI – Automatic Number Identification ANI is a service that provides the receiver of a telephone call with the number of the calling phone. For example, ANI is used by emergency dispatchers to quickly respond to an emergency when the caller is unable to report their location. The emergency dispatchers are able to use the two parts of ANI to locate the caller and retrieve the caller’s telephone number. The two parts of ANI are its information digits and the calling party’s telephone number. The information digits designate class of service (CoS) and are transmitted by dual tone multi-frequency (DTMF) tones or in-band multi-frequency (MF) signaling. This information may sound like caller ID, but it is a separate entity that is transmitted with the phone call, even if caller ID blocking is activated, allowing receivers of the information to determine the calling party’s phone number and in some cases location. DNIS – Dial Number Identification Service Most call routing is based on DNIS. The DNIS system routes calls either locally or through the network based on DNIS matching. In this method of call routing, calls are routed to voice stations based on whether the DNIS of the call matches a call account number, an alias to the call account, or the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) identity of the call account. If there is a match, the call is routed to that account. DNIS call routing employs weighted DNIS matching, meaning calls with the most exact DNIS match or the lowest cost are routed first. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-7 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration NetVanta 7000 Switchboard - Call Routing NetVanta 7000 Switchboard Call Routing • Switchboard call handling from Station – SB attempts to send calls to voice stations first, then voice trunk groups PSTN NetVanta 7000 Trunk Match Station Match Switchboard VOIP NetVanta 7000 Switchboard - Call Routing NetVanta 7000 Switchboard Call Routing • Switchboard call handling from Trunk – SB attempts to send calls to voice stations first, then voice trunk groups PSTN NetVanta 7000 Station Match Trunk Match Switchboard VOIP 3-8 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration NetVanta 7000 Switchboard Call Routing NetVanta 7000 Switchboard Call Routing Analog ISDN SIP Trunk Number > DID Number > SIP User > • • • • • • • • • • • • Voice Users Ring Groups Operator Group (0) Mailbox Auto Attendant (x8200) Voicemail (x8500) Leave Voicemail (x8504) Overhead Paging (x8000) Special Prefix Codes Speed Dial Alias DID NetVanta 7000 Series – Voice Menus NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Menus Voice configuration is primarily accomplished from the NetVanta 7000 Voice menus The following topics are covered in this module: • Stations - phone users, phone configs, ring and operator groups – Voice Users – Ring/Operator Group • Trunks - Define circuit connected to your carrier's trunk lines – Analog Trunks • Applications - Voice applications such as Auto Attendant • System Setup - Define system voice parameters – Dial Plan – Classes of Service • Reports - Voice statistics NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-9 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 3-10 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice/System Setup – Dial Plan NetVanta IP Telephony Course Voice System Setup Dial Plan Voice/System Setup - Dial Plan Voice System Setup Dial Plan • The Dial Plan tells the NetVanta 7000 how to route calls and assigns a dialing type to a given number template – For example, what is an extension, local number, long distance number, etc.. • The defined dialing type and number template works in conjunction with Classes of Service – Determines whether a user has permission to dial a given number 9-555-5555 ? NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-11 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice/System Setup - Dial Plan Voice System Setup Dial Plan • Valid template characters – – – – – – – 0-9 X N M [] $ - () , - any single digit matches only itself - any single digit 0-9 - any single digit 2-9 - any single digit 1-8 - any single digit defined within bracket - any number string dialed - punctuation characters that are ignored Valid Template Characters The valid template characters are: 0-9 , () - M N X [] $ 0-9 X N M [] $ - () , Examples: 3-12 - any single digit matches only itself - any single digit 0-9 - any single digit 2-9 - any single digit 1-8 - any single digit of those within the bracket - any number string dialed - punctuation characters that are ignored MXXX 963-81XX 963-812[0,1,2] 963-$ NetVanta IP Telephony Course - match digits 1000 to 8999 - match 963-8100 to 963-8199 - match 963-8120 to 963-8122 - match all numbers that start with 963 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice/System Setup - Dial Plan Voice System Setup Dial Plan Default Templates 911, 9-911 0 MXXX 9-NXX-XXXX 9-1-NXX-NXX-XXXX 9-1-800-NXX-XXXX (also 866/877/888) 9-0-NXX-NXX-XXXX 9-011-$ Undefined Undefined - Always Permitted - Internal Operator - Extensions - Local - Long Distance - Toll Free - Operator Assistance - International - Specified Carrier - 900 Calls Dial Plan - Configuration Dial Plan Configuration 1. Select Voice / System Setup / Dial Plan from the NetVanta 7100 menus 2. Select 7-Digit or 10-Digit dialing based on how users normally dial local numbers – 7 digit – 10 digit 9-NXX-XXXX 9-NXX-NXX-XXXX 3. In the Dial Plan Template field, enter valid characters for desired number pattern NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-13 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Dial Plan - Define Local Dialing Type Dial Plan Define Local Dialing Type 1. Select the Voice / System Setup / Dial Plan menu 2 1 2. Set Local Dialing Type to 7 or 10 digit dialing – Based on how users normally dial local numbers • • 7 digit dialing: 9-NXX-XXXX 10 digit dialing: 9-NXX-NXX-XXXX Setting Local Dialing Type The Local Dialing Type is default to 7-digits but can easily be changed to 10-digits if required for your area. 1) Select Voice / System Setup / Dial Plan from the NetVanta 7100 menus. 2) Select 7-Digit or 10-Digit dialing based on how users normally dial local numbers. - If 7 Digit Dialing is selected, the “Local” dial plan number type template is defined as 9-NXX-XXXX - If 10 Digit Dialing is selected, the “Local” dial plan number type template is defined as 9-NXX-NXX-XXXX 3-14 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Dial Plan - Define Dial Plan Template Dial Plan Define Dial Plan Template Dial Plan Template • The default Dial Plan can be modified to fit your calling plan • To Create a new Dial Plan template 1. Type new number pattern in the Template field 2. Specify the Number Type 3. Click Add • To modify an existing template, delete the existing template and add a new one Dial Plan Templates Dial plan templates allow the system to recognize dialed numbers as a particular type of call. The type of call is matched against the user's class of service to determine whether that user has the permission to make the call. Create or Modify Dial Plan Template The dial plan template is used when defining what call types are permitted in the user class of service. It is also used as a number complete match when dialing from analog phones. 1) Select Voice / System Setup / Dial Plan from the NetVanta 7100 menus. 2) In the Dial Plan Template field, enter valid characters for desired number pattern. 3) Select the Number Type that the entered pattern will be associated with. If there is an existing template that matches this number type, and is no longer needed, it can be deleted. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-15 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 3-16 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice/System Setup - Classes of Service NetVanta IP Telephony Course Voice System Setup Classes of Service Voice/System Setup - Classes of Service Voice System Setup Classes of Service • A Class of Service (CoS) defines a set of user permissions for making voice calls • A CoS is required before a user can make calls (other than to the operator and 911) • The permissions include the types of calls and actions a voice user can perform Some call types restricted for this group All call types allowed for this group NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-17 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice/System Setup - Classes of Service Voice System Setup Classes of Service • There are four default Classes of Service – normal_users • allow all call types except international and 900 calls • can not unlock the door by default – public_phones • allow internal, local, and toll-free calls • many CoS voice features disabled – executive_users • allow all call types • all CoS voice features enabled – door_phone • allow only internal calls • all CoS voice features disabled – You can also create your own Class of Service Classes of Service - Basic Configuration Steps Classes of Service Basic Configuration Steps 1. Select Voice / System Setup / Classes of Service from the NetVanta 7100 menus 2. Click an existing Class of Service to modify the permissions for users assigned to that Class of Service or select one of the Undefined Classes of Service to create your own 3. Specify permitted call types and desired voice actions for users assigned to this Class of Service 3-18 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Classes of Service – Modify a Class of Service Classes of Service Modify a Class of Service 1. Select the Voice / System Setup / Classes of Service menu 2 1 2. Click the Class of Service to be modified – The Modify Class of Service screen appears Modify a Classes of Service 1) Select Voice / System Setup / Classes of Service from the NetVanta 7100 menus. 2) Click an existing Class of Service to modify the permissions for users assigned to that Class of Service or select one of the Undefined Classes of Service to create your own. 3) Specify permitted call types and desired voice actions for users assigned to this Class of Service. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-19 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Classes of Service - Permitted Call Types Classes of Service Permitted Call Types Permitted Call Types • • • Determines the type of calls a user is permitted to make as a member of this class of service The pattern for the different call types was defined in the Voice / System Setup / Dial Plan menu Customized Call types can be added by selecting Advanced Permit/Deny Call Templates Class of Service - Permitted Call Types Permitted Call Types determine what type of calls that a user is permitted to make as a member of this class of service. Note that ranges of phone numbers are assigned to the call types (e.g. 9-NXX-XXXX = Local Calls) from the Dial Plan menu. Internal Calls Members of this CoS are permitted to make internal extension-to-extension calls (2XXX through 8XXX). Local Calls Members of this CoS are permitted to make local calls 9-NXX-XXXX. National Calls Members of this CoS are permitted to make national long distance calls 9-1-NXX-NXXXXXX. International Calls Members of this CoS are permitted to make international long distance calls 9-011-$. 900-Number Calls Members of this CoS are permitted to make national 1-900-NXX-XXXX and local 976XXXX pay-per-service calls. 3-20 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Toll-Free Calls Members of this CoS are permitted to make national toll-free calls 9-1-800-NXX-XXXX including those to area codes 800, 888, 877, 866, and 855. Carrier-Specified Calls Members of this CoS are permitted to specify the long distance service provider for each call using a 'PIC' code 1010XXX-NXX-NXX-XXXX. Operator Assisted Calls Members of this CoS are permitted to dial an outside operator for assistance with making calls 9-0-NXX-NXX-XXXX. Advanced Permit/Deny Call Templates Click the 'Configure Advanced Templates' button to configure templates that require more detail such as area codes, etc. - - Permit Templates - Use this section to add and delete specific call templates that users in this Class of Service can dial. All calls matching the specified pattern will be permitted. Deny Template - Use this section to add and delete specific call templates that users in this Class of Service can NOT dial. All calls matching the specified pattern will be denied. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-21 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Classes of Service - Override Passcode Classes of Service Override Passcode Override Passcode • A 4-digit code used with the SPRE code *90 to override a phones configured (CoS). – Format *90xxxx (x = passcode of CoS) • For example, if a voice user (assigned to the normal_users Class of Service) wishes to place a call from a phone assigned to the Public CoS, the user would enter *906789 Basic Class of Service Information CoS Name The descriptive name for this class of service. Override Passcode This 4-digit code is used in conjunction with the Class of Service (CoS) Override feature (*90), enabling a user to override an extension's configured CoS with the ‘this users' CoS as represented by this Override Passcode. New User Default When creating a new user, apply this Class of Service (CoS) automatically. 3-22 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Hand Free Auto-Answer Hands Free Auto-Answer is an intercom like feature. A user initiates a call to a SIP phone. Instead of requiring the recipient to answer the call, the (speaker) phone automatically answers and users are able to start a conversation. Auto-Answer Permit Templates Only voice users assigned to a Class of Service with an Auto-Answer permit template are allowed to place hands free auto answer calls. Hands Free Auto-Answer Configuration 1) Select Voice / System Setup / Classes of Service from the NetVanta 7100 menus. 2) Edit the Class of Service that contains the voice users you wish to allow to place hands free calls. 3) Define the auto-answer permit template that users in this Class of Service can dial hands free. Optional - Give voice users permission to block incoming auto-answer calls - Configured per Class of Service Optional - Block incoming auto-answer calls for specific voice user - Configured per specific voice user extension Placing Hands Free Auto-Answer Calls To place an Auto-Answer call, the digits ** must precede the number. The prefix can be dialed before or with the extension. For example, a user could place two calls: ** and then 2004, Or a user could dial **2004 **2004 Speaker Hello Bob! Hello Bob! x2003 x2004 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-23 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Blocking Auto-Answer Calls Users with the Class of Service option ‘Auto Answer Do Not Disturb’ enabled can block incoming auto-answer calls with a SPRE code. • When a user does not want to receive an Auto-Answer call, they can dial *971 • When user wishes to receive Auto-Answer calls again, they can dial *970 Note: There is also a per user Auto-Answer Do Not Disturb option. If enabled, any incoming Auto-Answer calls will ring normally instead of being automatically answered by the phone. Hands Free Auto-Answer - No Permission or Blocked If an Auto-Answer call is initiated by a user that “does not” have permission to do so, a normal call is placed. (No Auto-Answer functionality) If an Auto-Answer call is received by a user that has blocked the functionality a normal call is placed. (No Auto-Answer functionality) 3-24 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Classes of Service - Basic Permitted Actions Classes of Service Basic Permitted Actions Overhead Paging • Allow users to make overhead pages Unlock Door • Allow users to utilize the Remote Door Unlock feature Forward External Call • Allow users to forward an extension to an external number Class of Service - Basic Permitted Actions Overhead Paging Select to allow users to make overhead pages. Forward External Call Select to allow users to forward an extension to an external number. Unlock Door Select to allow users to utilize the Remote Door Unlock feature. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-25 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Classes of Service - Advanced Permitted Actions Classes of Service Advanced Permitted Actions Do Not Disturb • Allow user to place an extension in Do Not Disturb mode Group Logout • Allow a user to logout of a call group Station Lock • Allow a user to place their extension in a locked mode Door Phone Access • Allow a user to make calls to the intercom designated as the 'door phone' Change System Mode • Allow a user to change the current system mode Class of Service - Advanced Permitted Actions Conferencing Select to allow a user to establish conference calls. Hold Select to allow a user to put calls on hold. Do Not Disturb Select to allow a user to place an extension in Do Not Disturb mode. Camp On Select to allow a user to request a callback when a busy number becomes idle. Auto-Answer Do Not Disturb Select to allow a user to force incoming Auto-Answer calls to ring the phone instead. Redial Select to allow a user to use the redial functionality of the system to redial the last dialed number. Return Last Call Select to allow a user to return the call of the last incoming caller. Forwarding Select to allow a user to enable call forwarding. 3-26 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Remote Forwarding Select to allow a user to enable call forwarding from a remote location. Transfer Select to allow a user to transfer calls to an internal user. Parking Select to allow a user to park calls to a public hold zone. Retrieve Parked Call Select to allow a user to retrieve parked calls from a public hold zone. User Speed Dial Select to allow a user to have personal speed dial numbers. Program User Speed Dial Select to allow a user to modify his personal speed dial numbers. System Speed Dial Select to allow a user to utilize the system speed dial numbers. Group Logout Select to allow a user to logout of a call group. Caller ID Block Select to allow a user to block caller ID for outbound calls. Disable Call Waiting Select to allow a user to disable the shared call appearance known as call waiting (if available). Billing Codes Not Required If selected, the user does not have to enter a billing code prior to dialing a number. Message Waiting Select to allow a user to change the manner in which message notification takes place. Hotel Select to allow a user to login to a phone designated for hotelling or hotdesking. Station Lock Select to allow a user to place his extension in a locked mode. Door Phone Access Select to allow a user to make calls to the intercom designated as the 'door phone'. Change System Mode Select to allow a user to change the current system mode of the unit. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-27 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 3-28 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice Stations - User Accounts NetVanta IP Telephony Course Voice Stations User Accounts Voice Stations The Voice Station menus include User Accounts, Ring Groups, and Operator Group. The User Accounts configuration screen allows you to create a user account for every telephone user in the NetVanta 7000 Series system. The Ring Group menu allows you to define a group of user accounts that can be called in a coordinated way with a single extension. From the Operator Group menu, you define the members of the Operator Group. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-29 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice Stations - User Accounts Voice Stations User Accounts • The User Accounts menu is used to create voice users in the NetVanta 7000. • Three different phone types can be defined for Voice Users: – SIP – Analog Stations – Virtual Analog Users SIP Users Virtual User PSTN or VOIP SIP Users User Stations Accounts define phone users in the NetVanta 7100. The three different phone types that can be defined for Voice Users are: SIP - user account is associated with a SIP port Analog Stations – user is associated with a physical FXS interface Virtual - user account is not associated with a physical port 3-30 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration User Accounts - Analog Users User Accounts Analog Users • An Analog Voice user associates a physical Analog FXS port with a voice user • Analog Station accounts are required with the following: – – – – – traditional analog telephones door phones faxes modems credit card readers Analog Station Voice Users Voice users with a Phone Type of Analog Station associate a physical Analog FXS port with a voice user. The selection of the phone type Analog Station is required when creating voice users for traditional analog telephones, door phones, faxes, modems, or credit card readers. To Create an Analog User Account 1. Select Voice / Stations / User Accounts from the NetVanta 7000 menus 2. Assign users extension and name 3. Select Phone Type Analog Station 4. Select the physical FXS Port 5. Define user parameters such as Classes of Service and Voicemail settings NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-31 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration User Accounts - SIP Voice User User Accounts SIP Voice User • A SIP voice user is a voice user that communicates using the SIP standard – The NetVanta 7000 is designed to meet SIP standards and is interoperable with many SIPcompliant telephones – The SIP voice user could be associated with a SIPcompliant telephone or an IP SoftPhone running on your laptop or desktop PC – When creating a SIP Voice User, phone configuration files can be created for recognized phone models – The phone configuration files are created in the NetVanta 7000’s flash memory (CFLASH by default) SIP Voice User A SIP voice user is a voice user that communicates using the SIP standard. The NetVanta 7100 is designed to meet SIP standards and is interoperable with many SIP-compliant telephones. The SIP voice user could be associated with a SIP-compliant telephone or an IP SoftPhone running on your laptop or desktop PC. To Create a SIP User Account 1. Select Voice / Stations / User Accounts from the NetVanta 7000 menus 2. Assign users extension and name 3. Select Phone Type SIP 4. Choose New Address then type phones MAC Address - Phone configuration files are created for recognized phone models and stored in 7000 CFLASH by default - If MAC address “Not Set” is selected, no configuration files are created 5. Define user parameters such as Classes of Service and Voicemail settings 3-32 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration User Accounts - Virtual User User Accounts Virtual User • A Virtual User is a voice user that is not tied to a physical interface – Creating virtual users may be useful for employees who do not need a permanent phone in an office – Virtual users can be given Voicemail ability and call forwarding capabilities – When in the office, the virtual users can login into an analog phone that has the hotel feature enabled (shared-desk application) Virtual Voice Users A Virtual User is a voice user that is not tied to a physical interface. Creating virtual users may be useful for employees who do not need a permanent phone in an office. Virtual users can be given Voicemail ability and call forwarding capabilities. When in the office, the virtual users can login into an analog phone that has the hotel feature enabled. (shareddesk application) To Create a Virtual User Account 1. Select Voice / Stations / User Accounts from the NetVanta 7000 menus 2. Assign users extension and name 3. Select Phone Type Virtual 4. Define user parameters such as Classes of Service and Voicemail settings NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-33 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Creating New User Accounts Creating New User Accounts 1. Select Voice / Stations / User Accounts from the NetVanta 7000 menus 2. Assign users extension and name 3. Select Phone Type • Analog, SIP, or Virtual • • If analog, select available FXS port If known SIP phone model, enter MAC address 4. Define user parameters such as Classes of Service and Voicemail settings New User Screen New User Screen Can use existing user as a template First/Last name for internal Caller ID Choose Phone Type: - SIP - Analog - Virtual Clicking Apply enters the Edit User screen for the new user 3-34 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Clicking Apply and Add Another User creates the new user but stays on this screen Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Edit User Screen Edit User Screen Used to authenticate a SIP station if SIP INVITE or registration authentication is enabled. Default: 1234 Configures DID numbers for this account. Configures aliases for this account. Class of Service can be assigned per System Mode (Day/Night) Voice User Settings The Voice User Settings are the settings that can be seen or modified while editing a voice user. When a new voice user is created, you are placed in the Edit screen where the settings below display. Editing Voice Users - Initial Screen Extension Assigned when a voice user is created and can not be modified First Name (Optional) 40 characters max Last Name (Optional) 40 characters max Phone Type - Analog Station User account is associated with an Analog FXS port. If Analog Station is not displayed as an option, it is because there are no available FXS ports. Phone Type – SIP User account is associated with a SIP port Phone Type – Virtual User account is not associated with a physical port NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-35 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Phone MAC Address (SIP ONLY) Optionally enter the MAC Address of this user's SIP phone. Note that a phone configuration file can be created for this phone only if a complete MAC Address is entered. SIP Auth Password (SIP ONLY) The SIP Auth Password is used to authenticate a SIP station if SIP INVITE or registration authentication is enabled. Phone Port: (ANALOG ONLY) If Phone Type is Analog Station: The physical Analog FXS port to associate with this user account. If Phone Type is Virtual: Not used Login PIN (SIP) The SIP Auth Password is used to authenticate a SIP station if SIP INVITE or registration authentication is enabled. Login PIN (ANALOG or VIRTUAL) The Login PIN is used to log into and out of analog phones. This allows a user to "take over" another person's phone or for "hotdesking" DID Numbers Configures DID numbers for this account. The table shows all existing DID numbers (you may have to scroll to see all of them) and whether each number is currently valid. A number is considered valid if it matches any trunk's DID prefix and digit count. If no DID information has been configured in trunks, then all numbers are considered valid. • To add a new DID number, click the Add DID Number button just below the DID Number table and enter the DID number in the popup box. • To delete a DID number, click the Delete button next to the number you want to delete. Aliases Configures aliases for this account. The table shows all existing aliases (you may have to scroll to see all of them). • To add a new alias, click the Add Alias button just below the Alias table and enter the new alias for this account in the popup box. • To delete an alias, click the Delete button next to the alias you want to delete. Class of Service Configures this user's Class of Service. 3-36 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Edit User – User Config Tab Edit User – User Config Tab The User Config tab allows you to configure the user’s email address, caller ID settings, and Forward Disconnect for analog users. Description Optional description of this user account Primary Email Used for system correspondence Secondary Email Alternate address used for system correspondence Internal Caller ID – Name Configures the name portion of the Caller ID display for internal calls made by this user. • First + Last Name - Sets Caller ID Name to be the configured first and last name. • Custom Entry - Sets the Caller ID Name to be the value entered in the adjacent text box. • Empty - Sets the Caller ID Name to be empty. • Note: The system has no control over Caller ID Name display for external calls. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-37 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Internal Caller ID – Number Configures the number portion of the Caller ID display for internal calls made by this user. • Default - Sets the internal Caller ID Number to be the extension of this user account. • Custom Entry - Sets the internal Caller ID Number to the the value entered in text box. • Empty - Sets the internal Caller ID Number to be empty. External Caller ID – Number Configures the number portion of the Caller ID display for external calls made by this user. Note that external Caller ID info is only sent if delivered out particular T1 interfaces such as Feature Group D or PRI. • Default - Automatically sets the external Caller ID Number to be the first DID entry if one exists, otherwise it’s set to nothing. • Custom Entry - Sets the external Caller ID Number to the value entered in the adjacent text box. Forward Disconnect Delay Setting Forward disconnect delay enables the removal or reversal of battery for the specified amount of time. When the unit removes/reverses the battery current, the connected equipment will acknowledge this condition by dropping the line. Forward Disconnect Battery Select whether the connected equipment expects battery removal or reversal. 3-38 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Edit User – Current Settings Tab Edit User – Current Settings Tab The Current Settings tab allows you to change voice settings for this user. Call Waiting If checked, call waiting is enabled on this user account. Include in System Phone Directory If checked, the user will be included in the dial-by-name directory. Forward Courtesy Ring If checked, the user's phone will issue a short "blip" ring when a call comes in as a reminder that the phone is forwarded. Hotelling If checked, another user can log into this user's phone without logging this user out first. Useful for shared-desk applications. Inbound Caller ID Blocked If checked, no inbound Caller ID information will be delivered to this user's phone. Call Forwarding If checked, this user's extension is forwared to the number displayed NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-39 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Do Not Disturb If checked, Do Not Disturb is enabled and all calls will go directly to the user's call coverage list. Special Ring Cadences If checked, the phone will ring with a different cadence depending on the call type, such as internal, external, or priority calls. If unchecked, the phone will always ring with the default cadence. Hotline Phone If checked, a call will be immediately placed to the configured number when this user goes offhook Admin Lock Displays current administrative lock User Lock Displays current user lock 3-40 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Edit User – Call Coverage Tab Edit User – Call Coverage Tab The Call Coverage tab displays the call coverage settings for this user. If the user has been assigned to a Call Coverage List, you can view the settings on this page. You can also create a custom Call Coverage List only for this User Account. Use the question mark symbol to assist with the configuration settings. Use Call Coverage List Used to make a copy of the selected global Call Coverage List for this specific extension. Modifications made to this copy do not affect the original global list. Use Custom List Create a custom list of how to handle a call when no one answers the phone. Action Actions on a list are evaluated in the order displayed. # of Rings If there is no response after this many rings (or the extension is busy), the next item in the call coverage list will be tried. If a value of 0 is used, the call coverage list will only be processed if the station is busy. Otherwise, the phone will ring indefinitely. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-41 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration System Modes Call coverage can be configured per system mode. The number of rings between call coverage choices can also be set per system mode. Voice users, ring groups, and operator group, shared line accounts can use the global or custom call coverage list. 3-42 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Edit User – VM Settings Tab Edit User – VM Settings Tab • • New user wizard for mailbox setup Configurable voicemail options – – – – – – – – – Voicemail Pin Voicemail Class of Service Voicemail Phone Indication Operator Assist Number Envelope playback Auto-play of messages Authentication options Voicemail Greeting Method Voicemail Notification Email • • Text File WAV File The VM Settings tab allows you to edit the user’s voicemail settings such as VM Phone Indication and VM Notification Schedule. Voicemail PIN Sets the password the user must enter to access the voicemail system VM Class of Service The voicemail class of service assigned to this user account VM Phone Indication Lamp + Dialtone - use both the message waiting lamp and stutter dial tone to indicate new voicemail • Lamp Only - use the message waiting lamp to indicate new voicemail • Dialtone Only - use a stutter dialtone to indicate new voicemail • Off - no indication of new voicemail VM Operator Assist # This number will be dialed if a caller requests to speak with the operator while leaving a voicemail. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-43 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration New User Reminder Checking this box alerts the Voicemail system to prompt the user to record their name. The recorded name is subsequently used for playback within the system. Play Envelopes When enabled, envelopes preceding voice messages will be played. An envelope includes the Calling party and the Date/Time information about a message. Auto-play messages When enabled, voice message playback will begin automatically after logging into your voice mailbox. Authentication Choose the authentication method to be used when logging into your voice mailbox. From valid phones, authenticate using: • mailbox/password • password only • no authentication WARNING: Selecting “None” will allow anyone who knows your extension to hear your messages. Greeting Method Choose the greeting that will be heard by callers leaving voice messages. The Default greeting is your recorded name. To record Standard and Alternate greetings, login to your voicemail via your phone and follow the instructions under the Greetings menu. Voicemail Notification Schedule The Voicemail Notification Schedule configures when and how the system will notify this user when they receive a voicemail message. To configure the schedule: 1. Click the Add Range button below the schedule detail. 2. Enter the start and end times for the range. A 'range' is a range of time during the week that will have the same notification type. 3. Select the notification type to use. The available options are to send an email to the primary email address or the secondary email address. These addresses are configured in the User Config tab on this page. 4. Click the Apply button just below the Enabled Actions selection. This will add a schedule range to both the graphic schedule display as well as the schedule detail table. You can edit an existing range by clicking on the Start Day/Time text link in the detail table. You can delete an existing range by clicking the Delete button next to the range in the detail table that you want to remove. Remember to click the Apply button at the bottom of the page to save the schedule changes. You will lose your changes if you do not click the Apply button. 3-44 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration New User Wizard for Mailbox Voicemail Feature New User Wizard for Mailbox Setup • User prompted to record name/greeting and setup password first time through “Welcome to the Voicemail Setup Wizard. As a new user you will need to configure various aspects of your voicemail prior to using it.” “To setup your mailbox press 1, to skip setup of your voicemail account and run the wizard again the next time you log in press 2, for help press 0.” New User Wizard for Mailbox Voicemail Feature New User Wizard for Mailbox Setup • To setup your mailbox press 1…. – If new user presses 1 they will be prompted to complete the following: “Record your name after the tone and press # when you’re finished.” : “Record your standard greeting after the tone and press # when you’re finished.” : “Your password is used to provide security for your messages. You should set it to something different than your extension and it must be 4 digits long. After the tone enter your 4 digit password followed by the # sign. : NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-45 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Configurable VM Authentication Voicemail Feature Configurable VM Authentication • From valid phones, authenticate using: – mailbox/password – password only – no authentication • Authentication options function with the SPRE code *98 or when pressing the Messages key on the ADTRAN and Polycom phones – When dialing voicemail extension you will always be asked for your mailbox/password combination Voicemail Notification Email Voicemail Feature Voicemail Notification Email • Email notification when voicemail has been left • Select between – NOT being notified via email – an email that contains only text – email with voicemail message attached in WAV format • Optional “Delete Message” after sending a voicemail as an email attachment • Voicemail Notification schedule 3-46 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Enabling Email Notification of Voicemail Messages Configuring voicemail notification consists of selecting the time of day and specifying email addresses the system will use to notify users when they receive a new voicemail message. When this feature is configured, the system sends an email alert to the specified email address. 1. To allow email notification, the system administrator must first configure the outgoing mail server settings under Utilities > Logging > Email Forwarding menu. The minimum configuration required is to configure the Email Server (IP address) and the Email Sender (email address). 2. Navigate to the Voice > Stations > User Accounts menu and edit voice user. 3. On the Edit User screen, scroll down to the User Config tab and set (or edit) the email address(es) to use for voicemail notification. 4. From the VM Settings tab, set the Notification Type for the Primary or Secondary Email to None, Text, or attach WAV. 5. From the VM Setting tab, select the Add Range button. - The Add Notification Schedule Range menu appears. Enter the Start Day/Time and End Day/Time times for the voicemail notification range. A range is the period of time during the week that will have the same notification type. The schedule range added here will appear in the VM Notification Schedule graph. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-47 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Edit User – VoIP Settings Tab Edit User – VoIP Settings Tab The VoIP Settings tab allows you to edit the user’s voice over IP settings like codec group, VAD, and RTP settings. SIP Identity Settings Configures SIP Identities for this account. The table shows all existing SIP Id's (you may have to scroll to see all of them). • To add a new SIP Id, click the Add SIP Identity button just below the SIP Identity table and enter the new SIP Id for this account in the popup box. • Click the Delete button next to the SIP Id entry if you wish to remove it. SIP Identity Enter this user's SIP Identity. Currently, this value must be equal to the user's extension. Associated SIP Trunk Select the SIP Trunk this station will use for registration purposes. Trunk Registration Select whether or not this user should register with selected the SIP Trunk. 3-48 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Trunk Authentication Optionally, set the authentication information for this station. If 'Not Set' is chosen, the unit will use the registration trunk authentication data if it exists. Otherwise, no authentication data will be sent. Codec Group Select the codec group to use for this station account. Modem Passthrough When Modem Passthrough is enabled and an existing call detects a modem or fax tone, the unit will automatically renegotiate with the far end to be modem-compatible (switch to G.711, all voice improvements turned off, packet delay set to Fax). T38 When T.38 is enabled and an existing call detects a fax tone, the unit will automatically renegotiate with the far end to be T.38. VAD When Voice Activity Detection is enabled, silence is not transmitted over the network, only audible speech. When VAD is enabled, the sound quality is slightly degraded but the connection monopolizes much less bandwidth. PLC Enables/disables Packet Loss Concealment. When enabled, the unit will try to reconstruct sound lost from dropped packets. NLS Enables/disables the echo canceller's Non-Linear Suppression. When enabled, acoustic echo should be reduced. ALC Enables/disables the Automatic Leveling Control. When enabled, reduces received RTP signals to a predefined level. Echo Cancellation When enabled, reflected noise is cancelled from the transmitted voice signal. Echo cancellation should normally only be disabled if the voice station is connected to a fax machine or modem. RTP Settings Frame Packetization Select the number of audio samples in ms (1 frame/sample is 10 ms) included in a single RTP packet. Packet Delay Mode Configures the operation mode of the jitter buffer for VoIP calls involving this account. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-49 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration • Adaptive - The buffer's delay starts at the nominal delay setting but will increase up to the delay setting if it detects that an intolerable number of packets are being discarded due to jitter. Conversely, the buffer will decrease the amount of delay if it can afford to. • Fixed - The buffer's delay stays at the nominal setting at all times. Packet Delay Configures various packet delay settings for this account. • Nominal - For voice calls, the nominal delay value represents the desired amount of packet delay. In adaptive mode, the buffer may increase this value up to the maximum delay. In fixed mode, the delay is constantly set at this value. • Maximum - For voice calls, the maximum delay value represents the maximum delay to which the adaptive jitter buffer can grow. • Fax - If Modem Passthrough is enabled and modem/fax tones are detected, the packet delay setting will be switched to this value. DTMF Relay Select how DTMF tones are to be transmitted over RTP. If out of band (NTE), also enter the NTE value. RTP DSCP Value Select the DiffServe code point for this station's RTP packets. Either use the global default (which will change as the global default changes) or specify a value for this station only. 3-50 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Creating Voice User Account Examples NetVanta IP Telephony Course Voice Stations Creating Voice User Examples ADTRAN ADP-40 Door phone Analog Voice User ADTRAN ADP-40 Door phone The ADTRAN ADP-40 is a brushed stainless steel, compact, weather and vandal resistant, telephone line powered speakerphone designed to provide two-way hands free communication. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-51 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Door Phone Configuration Summary ADTRAN ADP-40 Door Phone Configuration Summary 1. After installation of the door phone, attach the phones RJ-11 connector to one of the NetVanta 7000 FXS ports 2. Create a Ring Group to define the phones that will ring and the call flow when someone presses the call button on the door phone 3. Create an analog station account for the door phone 4. Configure the analog station account to dial the Ring Group when button is pressed The user’s forward disconnect should be left at the default of 500ms. Door phone Configuration Door Phone Configuration Enable Hotline 1 1. From the Voice / Stations / User Accounts menu, create Analog Voice user for door phone Set Class of Service to door phone Other settings should be disabled 2 When someone presses door phone, it will dial extension entered here 2. From the Current Setting tab, enable Hotline and set Dial to number to automatically call 3-52 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration ADTRAN IP SoftPhone ADTRAN IP SoftPhone • • • • Optional IP SoftPhone Turns PC or laptop into easy to use telephone Ideal for remote office or access while traveling Compatible with USB headsets for hands-free operation The ADTRAN IP SoftPhone is an intuitive software application designed to enable VoIP communication from your laptop or desktop PC. It offers many business features including transfer, conference, forward, hold, do-not-disturb and quick access to the address book and call logs such as recently received calls, missed calls and placed calls. The SoftPhone is ideal for business, home office, or mobile communications. NOTE: The SoftPhone must be registered with the serial number that was received with the SoftPhone order. You can download the ADTRAN IP SoftPhone at any time by going to www.adtran.com/softphone. License Key: When starting the ADTRAN IP SoftPhone for the first time, you will be prompted for a product-specific license key. Copy and paste this vendor-provided key into the on-screen field labeled License Key. You must have an active connection to the Internet when this is done. The ADTRAN IP SoftPhone User Manual and additional information can be found at www.adtran.com/softphone. . NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-53 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration IP SoftPhone - Configuration Summary ADTRAN IP SoftPhone Configuration Summary 1. From the NetVanta 7000, create a SIP user for this client 2. Install the ADTRAN IP SoftPhone on the user’s PC 3. License the ADTRAN IP Softphone using the instructions provided at purchase 4. Add a SIP account to the Softphone that matches a user on the NetVanta 7000 Creating a SIP User for the IP SoftPhone Creating a SIP User for the IP SoftPhone 1 1. From the Voice / Stations / User Accounts menu, create a SIP User Account Enter extension and name 2 – 3-54 Select Phone Type SIP and Phone MAC Address to Create a SIP user account that will match a user created in SoftPhone NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration IP SoftPhone – Configure SoftPhone ADTRAN IP SoftPhone Configure SoftPhone 1. If not running, start the ADTRAN IP Softphone 2. Right mouse-click anywhere in the SoftPhone display area 3. Click Settings… more IP SoftPhone – Configuration Settings ADTRAN IP SoftPhone Configuration Settings • Create a SIP account that matches user created in the NetVanta 7000 Enable account Matches an extension in NetVanta 7000 Match user’s password in the NetVanta 7000 Register with domain Point to the NetVanta 7000 as the SIP server • The new user will register with the NetVanta 7000 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-55 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 3-56 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration SIP User Account – Known Phone Models SIP User Account Known Phone Models • Phone configuration files are created for recognized phone models and stored in 7000 CFLASH by default – The phone will load this configuration file at boot – Phone configuration files define phone features, user information, SIP Server, etc… Standard SIP phones load configuration files that define most of the IP phone features and configuration parameters. When the phone boots, it loads configuration files based on its MAC address. The NetVanta 7000 stores phone configuration files in CFLASH. - ADTRAN phone configuration files are stored in the CFLASH ADTRAN folder Polycom phone configuration files are stored in the CFLASH Polycom folder NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-57 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Creating a SIP User for a Known Phone Model Creating a SIP User for a Known Phone Model Enter extension, name, and select Phone Type SIP Select New Address and then the phones MAC Address Choose Phone Model Known Phone Model – Configuration File Known Phone Model Configuration File NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server adtran_00a0c825546e.txt Include adtran_firmware_712.txt Include adtran_boot.txt Include adtran_global.txt Include adtran_customer.txt Language_English.xml adtran_[MAC Address].cfg An ADTRAN phone will look for its own adtran_[MAC].txt file - Instructs phone on files to load - Phone settings for the specific phone - Created when user added in GUI adtran_phonebook.csv iconpixmap.bmp * Phone Configuration Files are covered in Module 4 3-58 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration SIP User Status The status of a SIP user can be seen from the Voice / Stations / User Accounts screen. Voice / Stations / User Accounts Registration Status If the SIP user has registered with the NetVanta 7100, a line displays below the word SIP. If the SIP user has not registered with the NetVanta 7100, a line displays though the word SIP. A bubble displays next to the SIP user’s port. If you place your cursor over the bubble, ? information about the SIP user will display. SIP Status Information Examples Phone MAC: 00:A0:C8:25:54:0C Extension 2006 is configured for a SIP port but is not currently registered. Phone MAC: Not Set Extension 2000 is configured for a SIP port but is not currently registered. Phone MAC: Not Set Phone MAC: 00:A0:C8:25:51:9C NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-59 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Hotelling (Analog Only) The Hotelling option allows users to log into a hotel enabled phone. When hotelling is enabled, a user can log into a user's phone without logging the current user out first. Useful for shared-desk applications. Hotteling must be enabled for for both the Voice User of the analog phone and the Virtual voice user that will have permission to log into a hotel enabled phone. To Enable Hotelling 1) From Voice / Stations / User Accounts, create or edit the analog Voice User that will allow hotelling. 2) From the voice User’s Current Settings tab, enable the Hotelling option and then click Apply. Hotelling must be enabled on the phone that will allow Hotelling and it must be enabled for the users that will be allowed to log into a Hotel enabled phone. Note: The User will also need to be assigned to a Class of Service that permits the use of the Hotel feature. Logging into a Hotel enabled phone From the hotel enabled analog phone issue the following SPRE codes to login or logout: Hotel Login: *46xxxx#pppp# (*HO) xxxx: Virtual user’s account number pppp: Virtual user’s password Hotel Logout: *47pppp# (*HQ) Virtual User Status When a virtual user is logged into a hotel enabled phone, a ? bubble will display next to the users port. If you place your cursor over the bubble, the login status of the virtual user or hotel enabled phone will display. 3-60 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice Stations - Ring Groups/Operator Group NetVanta IP Telephony Course Voice Stations Ring Groups/Operator Group Voice Stations - Ring Groups Voice – Stations Ring/Operator Group Menu • Define a group of user accounts that can be called in a coordinated way with a single extension – The incoming caller ID from a group member denotes a group call with a "GRP:" prefix NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-61 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice Stations - Ring Groups Voice Stations Ring Groups There are four types of ring groups: • Linear Hunt Group – • All Ring – • Calls will ring all members and the first extension to answer will receive the call UCD – • Calls will be distributed to members in the order that they were added to the ring group Calls will be distributed to members in the order that they were added, but in a uniform, round-robin fashion Executive Ring – Calls will ring both the executive's and assistant's extensions but use the executive's call coverage Ring All Ring Group • Rings all members simultaneously • Members can login or logout • Group call coverage; single voice mail box for the group • Call-waiting disabled while on a group call and receive a group call Linear Ring Group • Rings members one at a time, always starting with the first member in the group • Members can login or logout • Group call coverage; single voice mail box for the group • Call-waiting disabled while on a group call and receive a group call 3-62 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) Ring Group • Rings members one at a time, starting with the next member • Members can login or logout • Group call coverage; single voice mail box for the group • Call-waiting disabled while on a group call and receive a group call Executive Ring Group • Members include executive and assistant extension • Rings both members • Uses executive's call coverage for voice mail Ring Group Configuration 1. Select Voice / Stations / Ring Group from the NetVanta 7000 menus 2. Assign extension and description 3. Select Ring Group Type (All, Linear, UCD, Executive) 4. Add members (voice users) to ring group 5. Define max calls allowed into ring group 6. Configure Call Coverage and Voicemail settings for ring group NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-63 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Ring Group - Logging in and out of group Ring Group Logging in and out of group • • The Admin can log users in and out from the Voice / Stations/ Ring Group screen Members can login to a Group with a SPRE code when they want to receive calls to the group and logout using a SPRE code when they do not want to receive calls to the group – From the desired phone: • Group Login: *55xxxx* (*LL) xxxx: Group number • Group Logout: *56xxxx* (*LO) Logging in and out of Groups Members can login to a Group with a SPRE code when they want to receive calls to the group and logout using a SPRE code when they do not want to receive calls to the group. From the desired phone, enter the following SPRE codes to login or logout: Group Login: *55xxxx* (*LL) xxxx: Group number Group Logout: 3-64 *56xxxx* (*LO) NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Ring Group - Configuration Ring Group Configuration Add users that will be allowed to log in and out of this group If the Caller-ID Prefix option is selected, when a call comes into the group, incoming Caller_ID displays "GRP:" along with the originating Caller-ID. Voice / Stations / Ring Groups The up and down arrows can be used to change the call progression order of the group’s voice users Members can be logged in or out of a group Member status NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-65 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 3-66 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice Stations - Operator Group Voice Stations Operator Group • • • The Operator Group is a special ring group that rings the members of the operator group when ‘0’ is dialed Members can login and logout of the Operator Group so that their phones do not ring when they do not want to receive operator calls Internal extensions will receive a priority ring cadence when called from members of the operator group Operator Group • Rings all members simultaneously • Members can login or logout • Group call coverage; single voice mail box for the group • Internal extensions receive priority ring cadence when called from operator extensions • Configured to use Linear Ring, UCD Ring, or All Ring • Optional Operator Calling-Party ID Operator Group Configuration 1. Select Voice / Stations / Operator Group from the NetVanta 7000 menus 2. Select Group Type (All, Linear, UCD) 3. Add members (voice users) to group 4. Define max calls allowed into group 5. Configure Call Coverage and Voicemail settings for Operator group NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-67 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Operator Group - Logging in and out of group Operator Group Logging in and out of group • • The Admin can log users in and out from the Voice / Stations/ Operator Group screen Members can login to Operator Group with a SPRE code when they want to receive calls to the group and logout using a SPRE code when they do not want to receive calls to the group – From the desired phone: • Operator Group Login: *550* (*LL 0 is Group # • Operator Group Logout: *560* (*LO) Operator Group - Configuration Operator Group Configuration Shows "OPR:" caller ID prefix for all group members when receiving a call on the group's extension. When enabled, the members of the operator group will be identified with "Operator" CID when placing a call. 3-68 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Voice Ring Group / Operator Group Settings The Ring Group / Operator Group Settings are the settings that can be seen or modified while editing a ring group. When a new ring group is created, you are placed in the Edit screen where the settings below display. Editing Ring Group / Operator Group - Initial Screen Extension The extension associated with this ring group Description Optional description for this ring group Primary Email Used for system correspondence DID Numbers Configures DID numbers for this account. The table shows all existing DID numbers (you may have to scroll to see all of them) and whether each number is currently valid. A number is considered valid if it matches any trunk's DID prefix and digit count. If no DID information has been configured in trunks, then all numbers are considered valid. • To add a new DID number, click the Add DID Number button just below the DID Number table and enter the DID number in the popup box. • To delete a DID number, click the Delete button next to the number you want to delete. Aliases Configures aliases for this account. The table shows all existing aliases (you may have to scroll to see all of them). • To add a new alias, click the Add Alias button just below the Alias table and enter the new alias for this account in the popup box. • To delete an alias, click the Delete button next to the alias you want to delete. Max Inbound Calls Enter the number of concurrent inbound calls allowed into this group (1-9). Any further concurrent calls will go directly to call coverage. Ring Group Type • Linear Hunt Group - Calls will be distributed to members in the order that they were added to the ring group. • All Ring - Calls will ring all members and the first extension to answer will receive the call. • UCD - Calls will be distributed to members in the order that they were added, but in a uniform, round-robin fashion. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-69 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration • Executive Ring - Calls will ring both the executive's and assistant's extensions but use the executive's call coverage. Caller ID Prefix (Ring Group) Shows "GRP:" caller ID prefix for all group members when receiving a call on the group's extension. Caller ID Prefix (Operator Group) Shows "OPR:" caller ID prefix for all group members when receiving a call on the group's extension. Originator ID (Operator Group) When enabled, the members of the operator group will be identified with "Operator" CID when placing a call. Editing Ring Group / Operator Group – Members List Tab The Members List tab displays all the users that are in this ring group. Once a member has been added, the move arrows can be used to change the order of the member in the group. It also displays the status of which members are currently logged into the group. Add Members Button Click on one or more rows to select user extensions to add as members of this ring group. Hint: Use the Shift key to select ranges of users. Log In / Log Out Button Members can be logged in or out of a group by the admin Editing Ring Group / Operator Group – Call Coverage Tab Define what happens when a call is not answered by members of this ring group. A call will always follow the ring group’s call coverage, not the individual members call coverage. Editing Ring Group / Operator Group – VM Settings Tab The VM Settings tab allows you to edit the user’s voicemail settings such as VM Phone Indication and VM Notification Schedule. Voicemail PIN Sets the password the user must enter to access the voicemail system. Password must be 4 digits. VM Class of Service 3-70 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration The voicemail class of service assigned to this ring grop VM Operator Assist # This number will be dialed if a caller requests to speak with the operator while leaving a voicemail. New User Reminder Checking this box alerts the Voicemail system to prompt the user to record their name. The recorded name is subsequently used for playback within the system. Play Envelopes When enabled, envelopes preceding voice messages will be played. An envelope includes the Calling party and the Date/Time information about a message. Auto-play messages When enabled, voice message playback will begin automatically after logging into your voice mailbox. Authentication Choose the authentication method to be used when logging into your voice mailbox. From valid phones, authenticate using: • mailbox/password • password only • no authentication WARNING: Selecting “None” will allow anyone who knows your extension to hear your messages. Notification Type Primary Email (future) When being notified that a voicemail has been left, the type of notification may be chosen. • Select between NOT being notified via email, an email that contains only text, or an email that has the voicemail message attached in WAV format. • The Operator Group and Ring Groups simply need to have their email addresses configured to begin receiving voicemail notifications. • User Accounts, however, must define a notification schedule for this setting to have an effect. Greeting Method Choose the greeting that will be heard by callers leaving voice messages. The Default greeting is your recorded name. To record Standard and Alternate greetings, login to your voicemail via your phone and follow the instructions under the Greetings menu. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-71 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Editing Ring Group / Operator Group – VoIP Settings Tab The VoIP Settings tab allows you to configure SIP Identities for this ring group. SIP Identity Settings Configures SIP Identities for this account. The table shows all existing SIP Id's (you may have to scroll to see all of them). • To add a new SIP Id, click the Add SIP Identity button just below the SIP Identity table and enter the new SIP Id for this account in the popup box. • Click the Delete button next to the SIP Id entry if you wish to remove it. SIP Identity Enter this user's SIP Identity. Currently, this value must be equal to the user's extension. Associated SIP Trunk Select the SIP Trunk this station will use for registration purposes. Trunk Registration Select whether or not this user should register with selected the SIP Trunk. Trunk Authentication Optionally, set the authentication information for this station. If 'Not Set' is chosen, the unit will use the registration trunk authentication data if it exists. Otherwise, no authentication data will be sent. 3-72 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Trunks NetVanta IP Telephony Course Voice Trunks Voice - Trunks Voice - Trunks • Trunk lines connect the NetVanta 7000 to the outside world. They are delivered from the carrier and may be digital or analog. – NetVanta 7000 Supported Trunk Types • • • • Analog T1-RBS T1-ISDN PRI SIP PSTN NetVanta 7000 al An og or SIP T1 Carrier VOIP Network NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-73 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration NetVanta 7100 Voice Trunks NetVanta 7000 Voice Trunks • NetVanta 7000 Trunk Components – Trunk Accounts – Trunk Groups NetVanta 7000 PSTN 01 tT cc 2 T0 kA n ct u c r T A k un Tr Trunk Group NetVanta 7100 Voice Trunks - Trunk Accounts NetVanta 7000 Voice Trunks Trunk Accounts • Trunk Accounts are created to define the following trunk line parameters: – Type of Trunk • Analog, RBS, PRI, or SIP – Physical interface • FXO or T1 – Settings of your service provider • Trunk number, DID digits being received, etc NetVanta 7000 FXO 0/1 AA 8200 3-74 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 1 T0 ct c 2 A T0 k ct un c r T A k un Trunk Tr Group FXO 0/2 PSTN Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration NetVanta 7100 Voice Trunks - Trunk Groups NetVanta 7000 Voice Trunks Trunk Groups • • Trunk Groups combine one or more Trunk Accounts Trunk Groups control the following: – Resources used for outbound calls – Outbound Call Templates are assigned to the Trunk Group to define calls allowed out this Trunk Group – Can also restrict calls allowed out – Least Cost Routing PSTN NetVanta 7000 1 T0 ct c 2 kA T0 un ct r c T kA un Tr Trunk Calls Group Allowed FXO 0/1 Out FXO 0/2 NV 7100 Voice Trunks - Factory Default Config NetVanta 7000 Voice Trunks Factory Default Config • Trunk Account T01 – Physical Interface = FXO 0/1 – Inbound call goes to Auto Attendant (8200) • Trunk Account T02 – Physical Interface = FXO 0/2 – Inbound call goes to Auto Attendant (8200) • Analog Trunk Group – Includes both T01 and T02 – All calls allowed out (except 900 numbers) NetVanta 7000 FXO 0/1 AA 8200 01 tT cc A 02 k tT un cc Tr A k un Tr Trunk Group PSTN FXO 0/2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-75 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Analog Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps Analog Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Configure Trunk Physical Interface – FXO interfaces enabled by default 2. Create Trunk Account – Configure trunk number, caller-id, etc.. – Assign FXO port(s) 3. Create Trunk Group – Add Trunk Account members – Define outbound call templates NetVanta 7000 FXO 0/1 1 T0 ct c 2 kA T0 un ct r c T kA un Tr Trunk Group PSTN FXO 0/2 1) Configure Physical Interface Analog Trunk Configuration 1) Configure Physical Interface 1. Select the System / Physical Interfaces menu 1 The built in and modular physical interfaces display on this screen 2 2. Click the FXO interface to be edited – FXO interfaces are enabled by default 3-76 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 1) Configure Physical Interface Analog Trunk Configuration 1) Configure Physical Interface 3. Optional: Interface Gain and Impedance can be adjusted if needed Receive Gain: - When increasing this value, the signal being received on this port sounds louder - When decreasing this value, the signal being received on this port sounds softer Transmit Gain: - When increasing this value, the signal being transmitted to the far end sounds louder - When decreasing this value, the signal being transmitted to the far end sounds softer 3 Analog Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps Analog Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Configure Trunk Physical Interface – FXO interfaces enabled by default 2. Create Trunk Account – Configure trunk number, caller-id, etc.. – Assign FXO port(s) 3. Create Trunk Group – Add Trunk Account members – Define outbound call templates NetVanta 7000 FXO 0/1 AA 8200 1 T0 ct c 2 A T0 k ct un c r T A k un Trunk Tr Group PSTN FXO 0/2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-77 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account Analog Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account 1. Select the Voice / Trunks / Trunk Accounts menu 1 - Type Trunk Name - Set Type to Analog - Supervision can be Loop Start or Ground Start. 2 2. Create (or edit) an Analog Trunk Account – In this example, we will edit a default Trunk Account 2) Create Trunk Account Analog Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account 3. Define the Trunk Number used for this Trunk Account By default, inbound calls on the Analog trunk go to the Auto Attendant extension 8200 3 – Inbound calls on this trunk will be routed to the defined Trunk Number 3-78 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account Analog Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account • Optional - Define a Trunk Number per System Mode – None / Same as Default / Value – extension/number 2) Create Trunk Account Analog Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account 4. Specify the physical interface(s) this trunk account will use for voice calls 4 – Click one or more FXO interfaces to be added NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-79 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account Analog Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account • Optional: Administrative Status – Enabled by default – Configurable Trunk status Options: • • • Enabled - Trunk operates as normal Disabled: Busy On Idle - Current calls stay active, but no new calls are accepted Disabled: Busy Immediately - All current calls are torn down, and no new calls are accepted 2) Create Trunk Account Analog Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account • Optional: Reject External – Unselect to allow trunk to trunk calls • Optional: Emergency Caller ID Override – Specify the calling party number presented on outbound emergency calls 3-80 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account Analog Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account • Optional: Adjust VoIP settings for this interface 2) Create Trunk Account Analog Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Account • Optional: Add DNIS substitution Order is important: - Multiple match statements can be entered per trunk account - The first valid match that is found for outbound numbers will be used – Examples: • • • Match: NXX-XXXX Subst: 256-NXX-XXXX Match: 1-NXX-XXX-XXXX Subst: NXX-XXX-XXXX Match: 1-NXX-NXX-XXXX Subst: 10-10-220-NXX-NXX-XXXX NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-81 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Analog Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps Analog Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Configure Trunk Physical Interface – FXO interfaces enabled by default 2. Create Trunk Account – Configure trunk number, caller-id, etc.. – Assign FXO port(s) 3. Create Trunk Group – Add Trunk Account members – Define outbound call templates NetVanta 7000 FXO 0/1 1 T0 ct c 2 kA T0 un ct r c T kA un Tr Trunk Group PSTN FXO 0/2 3) Create Trunk Group Analog Trunk Configuration 3) Create Trunk Group 1. Select the Voice / Trunks / Trunk Groups menu 1 2 2. Create (or edit) a Trunk Group – In this example, we will edit the default Trunk Group 3-82 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 3) Create Trunk Group Analog Trunk Configuration 3) Create Trunk Group 3. Click Add Members to add existing Trunk Accounts to this Trunk Group 3 – Multiple Trunk Accounts can belong to a Trunk Group as long as they share the same calling plan 3) Create Trunk Group Analog Trunk Configuration 3) Create Trunk Group 4. Outbound Call Template – Define call types allowed out this Trunk Group 4 – Optional: Define cost for each type of call • Least cost routing NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-83 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 3-84 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Introduction to Voice Troubleshooting NetVanta IP Telephony Course Introduction to Voice Troubleshooting Introduction to Voice Troubleshooting Introduction to Voice Troubleshooting • A Few Components to consider in a Converged Voice and Data network • Endpoints • Interfaces • Services • Data network • Voice network – SIP phones, Softphone, Analog phones, FAX, etc… – Ethernet, FXS, FXO, T1, PRI, etc… – DHCP, Boot Server, Registration Server, SIP Server, etc… – Switching, Routing, Firewall, VPN, QoS, Data Services, etc... – Voice User, Dial Plan, CoS, Trunks, QoS, Voicemail, etc… NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-85 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Introduction to Voice Troubleshooting Introduction to Voice Troubleshooting NetVanta 7000 PSTN INTERNET Digits gathered – number type match? Dial Plan Permission to call number? Class of Service Local Station match? Voice Users Trunk match? Resource available? Trunk Groups Dialed user’s location known? Available? SIP Proxy SIP Registration User’s Phone functional? DHCP Server, Boot Server, SIP Registration Voice Troubleshooting Voice Troubleshooting • The NetVanta 7000 provides numerous voice troubleshooting commands. Below are a few that we will introduce in this module: – – – – – – 3-86 show run voice show run voice user show run voice verbose show voice users debug voice summary undebug all NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration show run voice show run voice • Display only voice running configuration NV7000# show run voice Building configuration... ! voice feature-mode local voice forward-mode local ! voice dial-plan 0 always-permitted 911 voice dial-plan 1 always-permitted 9-911 voice dial-plan 2 internal-operator 0 voice dial-plan 3 extensions MXXX voice dial-plan 4 local 9-NXX-XXXX voice dial-plan 5 long-distance 9-1-NXX-NXX-XXXX voice dial-plan 6 toll-free 9-1-800-NXX-XXXX : ! voice class-of-service normal_users override-passcode 6789 default-level block-caller-id : * Partial output displayed show run voice user show run voice user • Display voice user configuration NV7000# show run voice user Building configuration... ! voice user 2000 connect sip cos "public_phones" first-name "Default" last-name "IP Phone" password "1234" : : voice user 2001 connect fxs 0/1 cos "normal_users“ : * Partial output displayed NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-87 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration show run voice verbose show run voice verbose • Display detailed voice running configurations NV7000# show run voice verbose Building configuration... ! voice prompt-language English ! voice country-code 1 voice international-prefix 011 no voice international-prefix abbreviated voice transfer unattended ! voice overhead-paging extension 8000 ! voice feature-mode local voice flashhook threshold 300 1000 voice timeouts interdigit 4 voice timeouts connected 12 voice timeouts alerting 5 voice hold-reminder 10 30 voice park-return 60 : : * Partial output displayed show voice Commands show voice commands NV7000# show voice ? alias ani available dial-plan did directory door-phone extensions grouped-trunk line loopback mail operator-group phone-files quality-stats ring-group service-mode speed-dial spre status-group switchboard system-mode trunk users 3-88 - display voice alias configuration - ani substitution parameters - list fxs ports that are not associated with a user - number complete templates - direct inward dialing - show directory(s) and included users - display the door-phone account - current voice extensions and status - voice trunk groups - voice line stations - Show status on loopback accounts - display voicemail information - ring groups - files required for sip phone configuration - display voice quality stats for all calls - ring groups - current voice service mode - system speed dial - view spre (special prefix) codes - status groups - voice switchboard extensions - Current voice system mode - voice trunks - voice user stations NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration show voice users show voice users • Display all voice stations NV7000# show voice users First Last Ext Interface Description -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Default IP Phone 2000 ip Analog FXS Port 0/1 2001 fxs 0/1 Analog FXS Port 0/2 2002 fxs 0/2 South Lobby 2003 fxs 2/1 John Smith 2004 virtual Thad Tran 2005 ip Annette Vanta 3001 virtual Total number of configured voice users: 7 debug voice Commands debug voice commands NV7000# debug voice ? account-status autoattendant dsp lineaccount linemanager loopback mail phoneconfig phonemanager promptstudio proxydial rtp smdr stationaccount statusgroups summary switchboard toneservices trunkaccount trunkmanager trunkport verbose - station account-status events - autoattendant events - DSP events - line account events - line manager events - Loopback events - voicemail events - ip phone config utility events - phone manager events - prompt-studio events - proxy dial events - rtp events - smdr events - station account events - status group events - simple voice events - switchboard events - tone services events - trunk account events - trunk manager events - trunkport events - detailed voice events NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-89 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration debug voice summary debug voice summary • Summarize voice events NV7000# debug voice summary 16:55:22 VOICE.SUMMARY voice user 2005 cos allowed the call to Extensions 16:55:22 VOICE.SUMMARY 2005 is calling 2006 (2006). 16:55:24 VOICE.SUMMARY 2005 is connected to 2006 (2006) 16:55:28 VOICE.SUMMARY Call from 2005 to 2006 (2006) ended by 2006: normal clearing 17:01:54 VOICE.SUMMARY voice user 2006 cos allowed the call to Extensions 17:01:54 VOICE.SUMMARY 2006 is calling T01 (911). 17:01:56 VOICE.SUMMARY 2006 is connected to T01 (911) 17:02:04 VOICE.SUMMARY Call from 2006 to T01 (911) ended by T01: normal clearing Turning off Debug Turning off Debug • Turn off one debug command NV7000# no debug • Turn off all active debug commands NV7000# undebug all • Show active debug commands NV7000# show debug 3-90 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration Module Summary Module Summary • • • • • • • • At the end of this module, you should be able to: Understand basic call routing Modify the NetVanta 7000 Dial Plan Create and modify Voice Classes of Service Create and modify Voice User Accounts Create and modify Ring Groups/Operator Group Configure Analog Voice Trunks Perform basic Voice Troubleshooting NetVanta IP Telephony Course 3-91 Module 3: Introduction to NetVanta 7000 Series Voice Configuration 3-92 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files 4-2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Module Objectives Module Objectives • • • • Introduce the ADTRAN/Polycom IP Phones Introduce the ADTRAN/Polycom phone config files Modify phone configuration files Troubleshoot the boot process of the ADTRAN IP 700 Series phone NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-3 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files 4-4 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP 700 Series Phones ADTRAN IP 700 Series Phones • Two Models: – IP 706: 6 lines – IP 712: 12 lines • • • • • • • • • Supports Multiple SIP registrations Busy Lamp Field and Shared Line Appearance Support High Quality Full Duplex Speaker Phone Dual 10/100 Switched Ethernet Ports Large Backlit Display 802.3af Power over Ethernet Adjustable base stand Wall mountable Headset jack with Electronic Hook Switch Detection The ADTRAN IP phones are available in either 6 line or 12 line versions, supporting multiple call functions. Dedicated keys are available for the most common user functions with additional programmable soft keys. On-screen menus enable users to quickly change directory information and phone settings, as well as view a history of internal/external and missed calls, and program distinctive ring tones for specific calls. The phones include an adjustable desk stand or can be wall mounted and feature high-quality, full duplex speakers engineered for clear, hands-free communication. An integrated headset jack with electronic hook-switch eliminates the need for a mechanical handset lifter. The overall enhanced functionality for the price makes ADTRAN IP phones among the most cost-efficient business-class IP phones. The ADTRAN 700 Series features an intuitive, Graphical User Interface (GUI) for easy set-up and installation. The phones can be directly powered from the NetVanta® 7000 Series or a Power over Ethernet (PoE) switch, providing inline power and eliminating the need for a separate power supply. The phones also have two Ethernet ports to connect to a PC for converged voice and data across a single wiring infrastructure. ADTRAN phones can be locally powered, allowing for multiple options for worry-free installation and ease of use. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-5 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Polycom Phones - Supported by ADTRAN Polycom Phones Supported by ADTRAN IP 430 – two lines IP 650 – High Definition Audio, six lines IP 650 with Expansion Modules – ideal for “power user” or attendant console, up to 48 lines IP 6000 – conference room speaker phone Plus more… ADTRAN and Polycom have joined forces to deliver a best of breed solution for the VoIP market ADTRAN and Polycom have worked together to ensure interoperability of the Polycom SoundPoint IP 300, 400, 500, 600, 4000, and 6000 series of SIP phones with the ADTRAN IP Telephony solutions. ADTRAN's NetVanta 7000 series also supports the Polycom SoundPoint 650 IP phone for multiline attendant applications or high definition voice clarity. The Polycom SoundPoint IP 650 incorporates Polycom's HD Voice Technology and wideband audio for over twice the voice quality and clarity. The IP 650 can also be equipped with up to three Expansion Modules for attendant console applications delivering up to 48 buttons. 4-6 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Buttons and Menus NetVanta IP Telephony Course ADTRAN IP Phones Buttons and Menus The next few pages are a basic guide to using the ADTRAN IP 700 series phone. For more detailed information, refer to the IP 700 Series Phone User Manual, as well as other resources available at: www.adtran.com/phones. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-7 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files IP 706 Phone Diagram IP 712 Phone Diagram 4-8 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Line Keys Line Keys • Line keys can be programmed as one of the following: – secondary extension, SLA, or BLF/DSS – speed dial entry – a shortcut to the Do Not Disturb (DND) feature ADTRAN Line Keys 1 through 6 07/04/09 2:30pm 2003 Fred 2003 SPEED 3003 SPEED Wade SPEED Cheryl Home Frank Dial Soft Key Menu Options Line Keys 7 through 12 DND Redial Pickup More 4 Soft Keys Menu Navigation Bar Menu Navigation Bar • The navigation bar enables you to scroll through the menus presented on the LCD display, as well as make selections Personal Contacts Incoming Calls Placed Calls Missed Calls NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-9 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP 700 Series Phone Icons ADTRAN IP 700 Series Phone Function Keys 4-10 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP 700 Series Phone Functions NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-11 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Phone Feature Quick Reference 4-12 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Provisioning Methods NetVanta IP Telephony Course ADTRAN IP Phones Provisioning Methods Provisioning Method - Order of Precedence • Parameters manually entered using either the phone’s LCD Menus (Phone Settings) or via the administrator’s Web interface (Phone Manager) have the highest priority and override parameters received from all other sources. • Parameters received in a configuration file override those received from DHCP and defaults. • Parameters returned by DHCP (if it is enabled) override default settings. • Default parameters are used if no other source is available. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-13 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phones - Provisioning Methods ADTRAN IP Phones Provisioning Methods • Local phone based configuration – Local phone LCD Menus (Phone Settings) • Password = 1234 – Web interface (Phone Manager - user) • • Username = user • Password = password – Web interface (Phone Manager - admin) • /admin • Username = admin • Password = password • Centrally Provisioned from Boot Server (NetVanta 7000) – Consist of Global and per-phone configuration files • DHCP – Can set a limited number of parameters • including the location of configuration files MANAGING IP 700 SERIES PHONES There are multiple ways to manage ADTRAN IP 700 Series phones, each providing a different management approach. • Password-protected administrator’s Web interface (Phone Manager) to view and change current settings on a single phone. o /admin or (for user interface) o Username = admin Username = user o Password = password Password = password • Phone’s LCD Menu to view and modify current settings locally. o Password = 1234 (Changed to 456 after connected to NetVanta 7000) • Configuration files to automatically download parameters upon phone startup and update firmware. (These files are created by the NetVanta 7000) • Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) to set a limited number of parameters including the location of configuration files. In this class, most configuration changes of the IP phones will be done from the NetVanta 7000 web interface. Visit www.adtran.com/phones to download the IP 700 Series Phone Administrator Guide for additional phone information. 4-14 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP 700 - User Interface Menus ADTRAN IP 700 LCD Menus Main Menu Phone Status Menu 1. Phone Status 2. Phone Settings 3. Features 4. Directories Ok Exit Phone Settings Menu 1. Phone Label 2. Clock 3. Set Rings 4. Language 5. Contrast 6. Network 7. Line Keys Exit Ok Exit Ok Exit 1. Park Pickup 2. DND Off Directories Menu Exit Default Password: 1234 Ok Features Menu 8. Password 9. Reset 0. Misc Edit 1. General 2. Network 3. Line Keys 4. Firmware Ver. 5. Diagnostics 1. Personal 2. System 3. Missed Calls 4. Incoming Calls 5. Placed Calls The LCD menus provide another method for controlling and interfacing with the IP phone. Many programmable features of the phone can be accessed using the LCD menu. All keys, whether line, soft, or function keys, interact with the LCD menus. Example Phones Settings that can be changed (See User Guide for others) To change the time/date format, use the following steps: 1. Press Menu, then 2 for Phone Settings 2. Press 2 for Clock 3. Press 2 for Time Format or 3 for Date Format 4. Using the arrow keys on the navigation bar, scroll to the desired time format 5. Press the Select soft key to select the highlighted option 6. Press the Ok soft key or OK on the navigation bar 7. Press the Exit soft key until the idle screen appears, or press CANCEL on the navigation bar to return directly to the idle screen To adjust the LCD display contrast, use the following steps: 1. Press Menu, then 2 for Phone Settings 2. Press 5 for Contrast 3. Press the + (plus) or - (minus) soft keys until the desired contrast is reached 4. Press the Ok soft key or OK on the navigation bar 5. Press the Exit soft key until the idle screen appears, or press CANCEL on the navigation bar to return directly to the idle screen NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-15 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phone - DHCP Provisioning Method ADTRAN IP Phone DHCP Provisioning Method • The IP 700 Series phone uses site-specific Option 157 to provide the following information to the phones: – – – – – – TftpServers=0.0.0.0 FtpServers=10.10.20.1:/ADTRAN FtpLogin=polycomftp FtpPassword=password Layer2Tagging=True VlanID=2 * Option 157 must be set on both the LAN_pool and the VoIP_pool to direct the phones to the correct boot server. The NetVanta 7000 Series Product ships with the following default configuration regarding phones: • DHCP Server - Enabled - Option 157 defines the boot server as ftp://10.10.20.1/ADTRAN, FTP Username and Password, and VLAN ID • FTP Server - Enabled - Pointing to CFLASH filesystem - Default FTP Username and Password defined • ADTRAN IP 7xx Phones - The IP 7xx phones depend on DHCP Option 157 to program their boot parameters during the DHCP process 4-16 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phone - DCHP Option 157 ADTRAN IP Phone DHCP Option 157 • Numbered DHCP option 157 has been added to both the DATA and Voice DHCP Pools Below is the default configuration for the two DHCP Server Pools ip dhcp-server pool "LAN_pool" network 10.10.10.0 255.255.255.0 dns-server 10.10.10.1 default-router 10.10.10.1 tftp-server tftp://10.10.10.1 ntp-server 10.10.10.1 timezone-offset -6:00 option 157 ascii TftpServers=0.0.0.0,FtpServers=10.10.20.1:/ADTRAN, FtpLogin=polycomftp,FtpPassword=password,Layer2Tagging=True,VlanID=2 ip dhcp-server pool "VoIP_pool" network 10.10.20.0 255.255.255.0 dns-server 10.10.20.1 default-router 10.10.20.1 tftp-server tftp://10.10.20.1 ntp-server 10.10.20.1 timezone-offset -6:00 option 157 ascii TftpServers=0.0.0.0,FtpServers=10.10.20.1:/ADTRAN, FtpLogin=polycomftp,FtpPassword=password,Layer2Tagging=True,VlanID=2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-17 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phone - DHCP Process ADTRAN IP Phone DHCP Process ADTRAN IP Phone ADTRAN phone attached to NetVanta 7100 Ethernet Port 1) NetVanta 7100 DHCP DISCOVER / REQUEST (VLAN 1) Request for IP Address, DHCP Option 157, etc VLAN 1 is the Native VLAN ADTRAN IP Phone configured for DHCP by default 2) DHCP OFFER / ACK (VLAN 1) IP Address: 10.10.10.x Option 157: = TftpServers=0.0.0.0, FtpServers=10.10.20.1:/ADTRAN, FtpLogin=polycomftp, FtpPassword=password, Layer2Tagging=True, VlanID=2, etc DHCP Request Process A default IP 700 series phone is programmed to request DHCP parameters at boot. The first time the phone boots, the request comes in on the Native VLAN. (VLAN 1 by default) Besides for boot server information, the phone is assigned a Voice VLAN. (VLAN 2 by default) At that point, the phone releases the IP address from the Native VLAN and then does a new DHCP request on VLAN 2. DHCP Debug Output (debug ip dhcp-server) 2009.07.01 18:49:59 DHCP.SERVER Processing Discover Message (Xid = e1ea0b59) on 10.10.10.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:49:59 DHCP.SERVER Offering IP Address 10.10.10.5 to 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:04 DHCP.SERVER Processing Request Message (Xid = e1ea0b59) on 10.10.10.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:04 DHCP.SERVER Server sent an Ack to the client 2009.07.01 18:50:04 DHCP.SERVER Processing Release Message (Xid = e1ea0b50) on 10.10.10.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:04 DHCP.SERVER No Reply required 2009.07.01 18:50:31 DHCP.SERVER Processing Discover Message (Xid = e1ea26cb) on 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:31 DHCP.SERVER Offering IP Address 10.10.20.2 to 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:36 DHCP.SERVER Processing Request Message (Xid = e1ea26cb) on 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:36 DHCP.SERVER Server sent an Ack to the client 4-18 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files NetVanta 7000 - Boot Server NetVanta 7000 - Boot Server • Numerous files are created by the NetVanta 7000 and the ADTRAN/Polycom phones • The NetVanta 7000 functions as the boot server for IP phones - Files are stored in CFLASH of the NetVanta 7000 - Allows global and per-phone configuration to be managed centrally Creation of Phone Config Files Creation of Phone Config Files When the MAC address and Phone Model are entered for a new user, phone configuration files are created and stored in CFLASH The configuration files define SIP user registration, server, phone features, and many other phone parameters. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-19 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Files • A unique configuration file is required for each phone. The MAC address of the phone is used to identify the appropriate file for downloading. When the phone boots up, it checks the FTP/TFTP server for its specific configuration file. The file must be stored on the FTP/TFTP server in the following format: • • – adtran_ .txt • Lowercase letters only • If the phone cannot find its MAC address-based configuration file, it will download the file adtran_000000000000.txt and use it as the main configuration file NOTE: Most configuration file changes can be done from the GUI. Configuration Files Rules 4-20 • Each parameter must appear on its own line • A pair is entered for each parameter • The may be separated by an arbitrary number of spaces or tabs • Any combination of uppercase or lowercase letters can be used within the configuration file because it is not case sensitive • Spaces are not permitted in any of the configuration values unless quote marks are used • Comments may be included in a configuration file by starting the comment line with the # character NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phone - Config File Request Process ADTRAN IP Phone Config File Request Process ADTRAN IP Phone Initial DHCP Process Complete 1) NetVanta 7100 Request adtran_ .txt no file on server - continue 2) Request adtran_000000000000.txt Phone Config Files - Unassigned Phones Phone Config Files Unassigned Phones NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server adtran_000000000000.txt Include adtran_boot.txt Include adtran_global.txt Include adtran_customer.txt Language_English.xml adtran_phonebook.csv iconpixmap.bmp adtran_000000000000.cfg If a phone does not find its own adtran_[MAC].cfg file, it will use this one, and establish a baseline configuration - Instructs phone on files to load - Delivered by ADTRAN with a Factory default system. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-21 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Phone Config Files - Assigned Phones Phone Config Files Assigned Phones NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server adtran_00a0c825542b.txt Include adtran_firmware_712.txt Include adtran_boot.txt Include adtran_global.txt Include adtran_customer.txt Language_English.xml adtran_[MAC Address].cfg An ADTRAN phone will look for its own adtran_[MAC].txt file - Instructs phone on files to load - Phone settings for the specific phone - Created when user added in GUI adtran_phonebook.csv iconpixmap.bmp Phone Config Files - Assigned Phones Phone Config Files Assigned Phones NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server adtran_firmware_712.txt Specifies firmware file used by phone adtran_00a0c825542b.txt Include adtran_firmware_712.txt Include adtran_boot.txt Include adtran_global.txt Include adtran_customer.txt Language_English.xml adtran_phonebook.csv iconpixmap.bmp 4-22 NetVanta IP Telephony Course adtran_boot.txt A boot config file used by ADTRAN IP phones. Can be used to define the FTP server, username, and password for phones adtran_global.txt ADTRAN global IP phone configuration file. Can contain settings that ADTRAN assigns to all ADTRAN IP phones. adtran_customer.txt Customer Specific Configuration settings for all ADTRAN IP phones Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Phone Config Files - Assigned Phones Phone Config Files Assigned Phones NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server adtran_00a0c825542b.txt Language_English.xml Defines language used by phone Include adtran_firmware_712.txt Include adtran_boot.txt Include adtran_global.txt Include adtran_customer.txt adtran_phonebook.csv A comma separated file that can be edited to hold information for up to 300 contacts. Allows the phone users to access the phone book via the Directories key on the phone. Language_English.xml adtran_phonebook.csv iconpixmap.bmp iconpixmap.bmp Bitmap file that contains the splash screen presented during boot up and the phone icon images IP 700 Series Phone Boot Process 1. Phone boots and requests DHCP parameters 2. NetVanta 7000 Series Product responds with these parameters: a. IP address, subnet mask, and gateway in VLAN 1 (10.10.10.0) b. DHCP Option 157 defines the boot server as ftp://10.10.20.1/ADTRAN, FTP Username and Password, and VLAN ID of 2. 3. The phone then reboots and requests DHCP parameters in VLAN 2 (10.10.20.0) 4. The phone attempts to download the following files via FTP: a. adtran_mac.txt (where “mac” is the MAC address of the phone) b. adtran_firmware_7xx.txt (7xx will be specific to configured phone model) c. adtran_boot.txt d. adtran_global.txt e. adtran_customer.txt f. Language_English.xml g. adtran_phonebook.csv h. iconpixmap.bmp 5. Once the files are downloaded, the phone will attempt to register to the NetVanta 7000 Series Product based on he information in adtran_mac.txt. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-23 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files IP 700 Series Phone Configuration Files adtran_ .txt (MAC address of the phone) An ADTRAN phone will look for its own adtran_[MAC].txt file based on its MAC address. This file contains SIP Registration information, phone settings for the specific phone, and pointers to other files to be loaded. adtran_firmware_706.txt Specifies firmware file used by the ADTRAN IP 706 phone adtran_firmware_712.txt Specifies firmware file used by the ADTRAN IP 706 phone adtran_boot.txt A boot config file used by local ADTRAN IP phones. Of all settings in file today, it uses the phone password to change the LCD password from the default “1234” to “456”. adtran_boot_remote.txt A boot config file used by remote ADTRAN IP phones. adtran_global.txt ADTRAN global IP phone configuration file. Contains settings that ADTRAN assigns to all ADTRAN IP phones. adtran_customer.txt This file is where customizations for all IP 700 phones on the system would be configured. Language_English.xml Defines the phone language file used by phone adtran_phonebook.csv This is the System Directory for the IP 700 phones stored in Comma-Separated Value (CSV) format. Can be edited to hold information for up to 300 contacts. Allows the phone users to access the phone book via the Directories key on the phone. iconpixmap.bmp Bitmap file that contains the splash screen presented during boot up and the phone icon images. 4-24 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files IP Phone Configs Menu IP Phone Configs Menu • The IP Phone Configs menu can be used to create or modify phone configuration files that are stored in FLASH or CFLASH adtran_ .txt - adtran_00a0c8255550.txt - Stored in CFLASH/ADTRAN .cfg - 0004f203c26a.cfg - Stored in CFLASH/Polycom – The table above displays all of the known phone configuration files in the unit's CFLASH memory based upon MAC Address Add New Phone Config Add New Phone Config A new Phone Configuration file can be created from this menu Enter MAC Address, Phone Model, Extension, and other options for this phone config NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-25 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Batch Phone Config Generator - Scanner Batch Phone Config Generator • Handheld Scanner Input – Make sure the input carat is on the first textbox, then use a handheld scanner to scan the address – enter the main extension that should be associated with each MAC address Add New Phone Config – Manual Input Batch Phone Config Generator • Manual Input – Enter multiple MAC Addresses by hand in the text box, then click the Add Addresses to List button - enter the main extension that should be associated with each MAC address 4-26 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Global Directory Global Directory • Creation and modification of the Global directory is done from this tab adtran_phonebook.csv - Stored in CFLASH/ADTRAN 000000000000-directory.xml - Stored in CFLASH/Polycom Boot Settings – Local Phones Boot Settings Local Phones • Boot parameters for Polycom phones – Voice VLAN / Boot Server FTP Username / Password adtran_boot.txt - Stored in CFLASH/ADTRAN polycomboot.cfg - Stored in CFLASH/Polycom NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-27 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Boot Settings – Remote Phones Boot Settings Remote Phones • Boot parameters for Remote Polycom phones – Voice VLAN / Boot Server FTP Username / Password adtran_boot_remote.txt - Stored in CFLASH/ADTRAN polycomboot_remote.cfg - Stored in CFLASH/Polycom Boot Settings – Default Firmware Boot Settings Default Firmware • Specify current Application and Bootcode to be used by ADTRAN IP 700 phones adtran_firmware_706.txt adtran_firmware_712.txt - Stored in CFLASH/ADTRAN 4-28 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Default Settings Default Settings • The values here will automatically be applied to new phone configurations created on this page or in the User Accounts page Default SIP Server Dial Plan used by the IP Phones polycomConfigDefaults.cfg - Stored in FLASH Default Settings Default Settings (Continued…) Dial Plan used by the IP Phones for Share Line Account Default # of line keys on phone Can apply settings to New and Existing user. polycomConfigDefaults.cfg - Stored in FLASH NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-29 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Global Files – Polycom customer-sip.cfg Global Files Polycom customer-sip.cfg • This screen can be used to customize all the Polycom phones – All Polycom phones will load this file – Valid options from Polycom’s Admin Guide can be added to the screen Enter valid Polycom option between the and customer-sip.cfg - Stored in CFLASH/Polycom Polycom Customization Examples: To Disable the Call Waiting Beep The Call Waiting beep is enabled by default on the Polycom phones. To disable it, the following could be entered on the Global Files screenHold reminder on Polycom Phones By default Polycom phones do not beep every so often to let you know that you have a call on hold. Add the following line on the Global Files screen to enable this feature: The above examples and other can be found in the Knowledge Base at kb.adtran.com. 4-30 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Global Files – adtran_customer.txt Global Files adtran_customer.txt • This screen can be used to customize all the ADTRAN IP 700 phones – All ADTRAN IP 700 phones will load this file – Valid options from ADTRAN’s IP 700 Admin Guide can be added to the screen Enter valid ADTRAN IP 700 options in this area adtran_customer.txt - Stored in CFLASH/ADTRAN ADTRAN Customization Examples: To Disable the Call Waiting Beep By default ADTRAN IP 700 Series beep when there is a call waiting. To disable it, the following could be entered on the Global Files screen. Verify that it is entered exactly as shown below. ToneDefine 1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0x0000,10,1,0,10,0,0 ToneMap Wait,1 Hold reminder on ADTRAN IP 700 Phones By default ADTRAN IP 700 Series phones do not beep every so often to let you know that you have a call on hold.. Add the following line on the Global Files screen to enable this feature: HoldReminder XX where XX is the frequency in seconds that you would like the phone to play the hold reminder The above examples and other can be found in the Knowledge Base at kb.adtran.com. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-31 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files 4-32 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP - Registrations/Line Keys ADTRAN IP Phone Registrations/Line Keys • The ADTRAN IP phones support multiple registrations and programmable line keys Thad Tran 05/1/08 1:26 pm 2003 2003 PAGE 3003 SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED Dial Registration: a SIP alias or phone number DOOR PHONE Line key: a button on the phone beside the display DND Redial Pickup Call: a SIP session More - Registrations can appear on multiple line keys - Speed dial can be configured by admin or user ADTRAN IP Phones - Adding Line Registrations ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Adding Line Registrations 1. Modify Phone Configuration file in GUI 2. Add secondary line key 3. Reboot/sync phone to load new configuration Thad Tran 05/1/08 1:26 pm 2003 DOOR PHONE 2003 PAGE 3003 SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED Dial DND Redial Pickup More NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-33 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phones - Adding Line Registrations ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Adding Line Registrations 1. Select the Voice / Stations / IP Phone Configs menu 1 New line keys (registrations) can be added by editing the phone config file 2 2. Select the MAC address of the phone that you wish to add a line key (registration) to ADTRAN IP Phones - Adding Line Registrations ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Adding Line Registrations 3. Click Add Secondary Line The Line Label and number of Line Keys for the first registration can be changed from this first menu 3 4-34 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phones - Adding Line Registrations ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Adding Line Registrations 4. Define Secondary Line Parameters Enter New Extension and select Create new user account Enter Display Name, Line Label, and # of line keys Enter User Name and Password and then click Apply ADTRAN IP Phones - Adding Line Registrations ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Adding Line Registrations 5. Reboot phone to load new configuration Click Cancel – We will sync phone later The Message box above displays after making changes to the phone configuration file - Clicking OK will sync and reboot the phone - Clicking Cancel will return you to the main config page without rebooting the phone Thad Tran 05/1/08 1:26 pm 2003 SPEED 2003 SPEED 3003 SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED Dial DND Redial Pickup More NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-35 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phones - Map Line Key as Speed Dial ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Map Line Key as Speed Dial 1. Modify phone configuration file in GUI 2. Map line key as speed dial 3. Reboot/sync phone to load new configuration Thad Tran 05/1/08 1:26 pm 2003 DOOR PHONE 2003 PAGE 3003 SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED Dial DND Redial Pickup More ADTRAN IP Phone - Map Line Key as Speed Dial ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Map Line Key as Speed Dial 1 1. Select the Voice / Stations / IP Phone Configs menu New line keys (registrations) can be added by editing the phone config file 2 2. Select the MAC address of the phone that you wish to add a line key (registration) to 4-36 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phones - Map Line Key as Speed Dial ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Map Line Key as Speed Dial 3. Add a Page Overhead and Door Phone Speed Dial to the phone Enter Label and Contact number for each line key 3 The buttons with the SPEED label can be mapped by user on phone Click Apply ADTRAN IP Phones - Map Line Key as Speed Dial ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Map Line Key as Speed Dial 4. Reboot phone to load new configuration Click Cancel – We will sync phone later The Message box above displays after making changes to the phone configuration file - Clicking OK will sync and reboot the phone - Clicking Cancel will return you to the main config page without rebooting the phone Thad Tran 05/1/08 1:26 pm 2003 DOOR PHONE 2003 PAGE 3003 SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED SPEED Dial DND Redial Pickup More NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-37 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP Phones - Syncing IP Phones ADTRAN IP Phone Configuration Syncing IP Phones 1 1. Select the Voice / Stations / IP Phone Configs menu 2 2. Select the MAC address for specific/all phones and then click Sync Phones – 4-38 Attempts to sync/reboot selected phones. This action is only possible if the phone is either registered with the unit or if it is directly connected to the unit with inline power. NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Troubleshooting IP Phones NetVanta IP Telephony Course Troubleshooting IP Phones ADTRAN IP Phones – Boot Process ADTRAN IP Phone Boot Process ADTRAN IP Phone 1) DHCP Request Process Phone obtains IP and learns the boot server IP address NetVanta 7100 debug ip dhcp-server show ip dhcp-server binding 2) File Request Process Load phone config files, learn user identity and registrar SIP server debug ip ftp-server debug ip tftp server events (Polycom) 3) SIP Registration Register location with SIP server debug sip stack messages summary show sip user-registration NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-39 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files debug ip dhcp-server debug ip dhcp-server • Display real-time messages associated with Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server operation NV7000# debug ip dhcp-server … DHCP.SERVER Processing Discover Message (Xid = e1ea0b59) on 10.10.10.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 … DHCP.SERVER Offering IP Address 10.10.10.5 to 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 … DHCP.SERVER Processing Request Message (Xid = e1ea0b59) on 10.10.10.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 … DHCP.SERVER Server sent an Ack to the client … DHCP.SERVER Processing Release Message (Xid = e1ea0b50) on 10.10.10.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 … DHCP.SERVER Processing Discover Message (Xid = e1ea26cb) on 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 … DHCP.SERVER Offering IP Address 10.10.20.2 to 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 … DHCP.SERVER Processing Request Message (Xid = e1ea26cb) on 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 … DHCP.SERVER Server sent an Ack to the client show ip dhcp-server binding show ip dhcp-server binding • Display the Dynamic Host Client Protocol (DHCP) server client table with associated information NV7000# show ip dhcp-server binding 4-40 IP Address Client Id 10.10.20.3 10.10.20.2 10.10.20.4 01:00:04:f2:03:c2:04 Jul 02 2009 4:08 PM 01:00:a0:c8:25:55:26 Jul 02 2009 6:50 PM 01:00:a0:c8:25:55:28 Jul 02 2009 6:50 PM NetVanta IP Telephony Course Lease Expiration Client Name HunterPC ShanePC MathewPC Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files debug ip ftp-server debug ip ftp-server • Display real-time messages associated with File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server events in the NetVanta 7000 NV7000# debug ip ftp-server FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_00a0c8255550.txt' transfer complete. FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_firmware_712.txt' transfer complete. FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_boot.txt' transfer complete. FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_global.txt' transfer complete. FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_customer.txt' transfer complete. FTP: NLST command - 'Language_English.xml' transfer complete. FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_phonebook.csv' transfer complete. FTP: NLST command - 'iconpixmap.bmp' transfer complete. debug sip stack messages summary debug sip stack messages summary • Activate SIP debug messages in real-time and displays only a summary (first line) of the available messages NV7000# debug sip stack messages summary 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Rx: REGISTER sip:10.10.20.1:5060 IP/2.0 Tx: SIP/2.0 401 Unauthorized Rx: REGISTER sip:10.10.20.1:5060 IP/2.0 Tx: SIP/2.0 200 OK 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Tx: NOTIFY sip:2003@10.10.20.2 SIP/2.0 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Rx: SIP/2.0 200 OK NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-41 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files show sip user-registration show sip user-registration • Display local SIP server registration information NV7000# show sip user-registration EXTENSION TYPE ----------------- ----------------------------- IP ADD ------------- PORT PROT EXPIRES ----- ------ ------------- 2003 Adtran-SIP-IP712/v1.3.7 10.10.20.2 5060 UDP 3559 2004 PolycomSoundPointIP601 10.10.20.3 5060 UDP 2838 Total phones registered: 2 4-42 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files ADTRAN IP 700 Phone Boot Process - SAMPLE DEBUG OUT # debug ip dhcp-server # debug ip ftp-server # debug sip stack messages summary 2009.07.01 18:49:59 DHCP.SERVER Processing Discover Message (Xid = e1ea0b59) on 10.10.10.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:49:59 DHCP.SERVER Offering IP Address 10.10.10.5 to 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:49:59 DHCP.SERVER Server sent an Offer to the client 2009.07.01 18:50:04 DHCP.SERVER Processing Request Message (Xid = e1ea0b59) on 10.10.10.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:04 DHCP.SERVER Server sent an Ack to the client 2009.07.01 18:50:04 DHCP.SERVER Processing Release Message (Xid = e1ea0b50) on 10.10.10.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:04 DHCP.SERVER No Reply required 2009.07.01 18:50:31 DHCP.SERVER Processing Discover Message (Xid = e1ea26cb) on 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:31 DHCP.SERVER Offering IP Address 10.10.20.2 to 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:31 DHCP.SERVER Server sent an Offer to the client 2009.07.01 18:50:36 DHCP.SERVER Processing Request Message (Xid = e1ea26cb) on 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0 from 00:A0:C8:25:55:50 2009.07.01 18:50:36 DHCP.SERVER Server sent an Ack to the client FTP: USER command - Password required for 'polycomftp'. FTP: USER command - User 'polycomftp' logged in . FTP: TYPE command - Type is set to I. FTP: CWD command - directory changed to '/ADTRAN'. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for ls (10.10.20.2,1025). FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_00a0c8255550.txt' transfer complete. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for adtran_00a0c8255550.txt (10.10.20.2,1026). FTP: RETR command - BINARY transfer complete. 2009.07.01 18:50:47 IP.FTP SERVER (RETR) Transfer of file '/ADTRAN/adtran_00a0c8255550.txt' complete for remote host '10.10.20.2'. FTP: USER command - Password required for 'polycomftp'. FTP: USER command - User 'polycomftp' logged in . FTP: TYPE command - Type is set to I. FTP: CWD command - directory changed to '/ADTRAN'. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for ls (10.10.20.2,1028). FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_firmware_712.txt' transfer complete. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for adtran_firmware_712.txt (10.10.20.2,1029). FTP: RETR command - BINARY transfer complete. 2009.07.01 18:50:50 IP.FTP SERVER (RETR) Transfer of file '/ADTRAN/adtran_firmware_712.txt' complete for remote host '10.10.20.2'.FTP: USER command - Password required for 'polycomftp'. FTP: USER command - User 'polycomftp' logged in . FTP: TYPE command - Type is set to I. FTP: CWD command - directory changed to '/ADTRAN'. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-43 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for ls (10.10.20.2,1031). FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_boot.txt' transfer complete. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for adtran_boot.txt (10.10.20.2,1032). FTP: RETR command - BINARY transfer complete. 2009.07.01 18:50:51 IP.FTP SERVER (RETR) Transfer of file '/ADTRAN/adtran_boot.txt' complete for remote host '10.10.20.2'.NV7100#FTP: USER command - Password required for 'polycomftp'. FTP: USER command - User 'polycomftp' logged in . FTP: TYPE command - Type is set to I. FTP: CWD command - directory changed to '/ADTRAN'. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for ls (10.10.20.2,1034). FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_global.txt' transfer complete. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for adtran_global.txt (10.10.20.2,1035). FTP: RETR command - BINARY transfer complete. 2009.07.01 18:50:53 IP.FTP SERVER (RETR) Transfer of file '/ADTRAN/adtran_global.txt' complete for remote host '10.10.20.2'.FTP: USER command - Password required for 'polycomftp'. FTP: USER command - User 'polycomftp' logged in . FTP: TYPE command - Type is set to I. FTP: CWD command - directory changed to '/ADTRAN'. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for ls (10.10.20.2,1037). FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_customer.txt' transfer complete. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for adtran_customer.txt (10.10.20.2,1038). FTP: RETR command - BINARY transfer complete. 2009.07.01 18:50:54 IP.FTP SERVER (RETR) Transfer of file '/ADTRAN/adtran_customer.txt' complete for remote host '10.10.20.2'. FTP: USER command - Password required for 'polycomftp'. FTP: USER command - User 'polycomftp' logged in . FTP: TYPE command - Type is set to I. FTP: CWD command - directory changed to '/ADTRAN'. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for ls (10.10.20.2,1040). FTP: NLST command - 'Language_English.xml' transfer complete. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for Language_English.xml (10.10.20.2,1041). FTP: RETR command - BINARY transfer complete. 2009.07.01 18:51:00 IP.FTP SERVER (RETR) Transfer of file '/ADTRAN/Language_English.xml' complete for remote host '10.10.20.2'. FTP: USER command - Password required for 'polycomftp'. FTP: USER command - User 'polycomftp' logged in . FTP: TYPE command - Type is set to I. FTP: CWD command - directory changed to '/ADTRAN'. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for ls (10.10.20.2,1043). FTP: NLST command - 'adtran_phonebook.csv' transfer complete. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for adtran_phonebook.csv (10.10.20.2,1044). FTP: RETR command - BINARY transfer complete. 4-44 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files 2009.07.01 18:51:05 IP.FTP SERVER (RETR) Transfer of file '/ADTRAN/adtran_phonebook.csv' complete for remote host '10.10.20.2'. FTP: USER command - Password required for 'polycomftp'. FTP: USER command - User 'polycomftp' logged in . FTP: TYPE command - Type is set to I. FTP: CWD command - directory changed to '/ADTRAN'. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for ls (10.10.20.2,1046). FTP: NLST command - 'iconpixmap.bmp' transfer complete. FTP: PORT command - opening port from 10.10.20.2. FTP: BINARY data connection for iconpixmap.bmp (10.10.20.2,1047). FTP: RETR command - BINARY transfer complete. 2009.07.01 18:51:09 IP.FTP SERVER (RETR) Transfer of file '/ADTRAN/iconpixmap.bmp' complete for remote host '10.10.20.2'. 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Rx: REGISTER sip:10.10.20.1:5060 SIP/2.0 Tx: SIP/2.0 401 Unauthorized Rx: REGISTER sip:10.10.20.1:5060 SIP/2.0 Tx: SIP/2.0 200 OK 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Tx: NOTIFY sip:2003@10.10.20.2 SIP/2.0 18:51:24 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Rx: SIP/2.0 200 OK NV7100# show debug debug ip dhcp-server debug ip ftp-server debug sip stack messages summary NV7100# undebug all NV7100# show ip dhcp-server binding IP Address Client Id Lease Expiration Client Name 10.10.20.3 10.10.20.2 01:00:04:f2:03:c2:6a Jul 02 2009 4:08 PM 01:00:a0:c8:25:55:50 Jul 02 2009 6:50 PM NV7100# show sip user-registraiontion EXTENSION TYPE ---------- ------------------------------ IP ADDRESS ---------------- PORT ----- PROT ---- EXPIRES ------- 2003 Adtran-SIP-IP712/v1.3.7 10.10.20.2 5060 UDP 3559 2004 PolycomSoundPointIP-SPIP_601.. 10.10.20.3 5060 UDP 2838 Total phones registered: 2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-45 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files 4-46 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Module Objectives Module Objectives At the end of this module, you should: • Have a basic understanding of ADTRAN phone configuration files • Be able to modify phone configuration files in the GUI • Troubleshoot the boot process of the ADTRAN IP 700 series phone NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-47 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files 4-48 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Polycom IP Phones - Provisioning Methods NetVanta IP Telephony Course ADTRAN/Polycom IP Phones Provisioning Methods Remainder of Module is Reference Only Polycom IP Phones - Provisioning Methods ADTRAN/Polycom IP Phone Provisioning Methods • Local phone based configuration – Local phone user interface (Phone Settings) – Web interface (Phone Manager) • Centrally Provisioned from Boot Server – Consist of Global and per-phone configuration files • DHCP – Can set a limited number of parameters • including the location of configuration files NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-49 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Polycom Default Passwords Polycom Default Passwords • Web interface – Username = Polycom – Password = 456 • Admin interface on the hard phone – Password = 456 – User password - 123 (not used much) Polycom Phones - Installation Process Polycom Phones Installation Process • Regardless of whether or not you will be installing a centrally provisioned system, there are two steps required to get your phones up and running – 1) Basic TCP/IP Network Setup • IP address and subnet mask • Local setup on phone – 2) Application Configuration • SIP application specific parameters • Setup done with Configuration files that are stored on boot server 4-50 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Polycom Phones - TCP/IP Network Setup Polycom Phones TCP/IP Network Setup • When phone first boots, press the SETUP softkey default = 456 • Enter password: Navigate with arrow keys Enter Password: 456 SETUP “PLUG IN PHONES” DHCP Client: DHCP Menu: Phone IP Addr: Subnet Mask: IP Gateway: Server Menu: SNTP Address: GMT Offset: DNS Server: DNS Alt. Server: DNS Domain: Ethernet Menu: Syslog Menu: EM Power: Enabled … 000.000.000.000 000.000.000.000 000.000.000.000 … 000.000.000.000 0 000.000.000.000 000.000.000.000 … … Enabled Exit Edit Polycom Phones - Default Setup Menu Polycom Phones Default Setup Menu SETUP Menu DHCP Client: DHCP Menu: Phone IP Addr: Subnet Mask: IP Gateway: Server Menu: SNTP Address: GMT Offset: DNS Server: DNS Alt. Server: DNS Domain: Ethernet Menu: EM Power: DHCP Menu Enabled … 000.000.000.000 000.000.000.000 000.000.000.000 … 000.000.000.000 0 000.000.000.000 000.000.000.000 3 Option 66 150 IP Address Disabled 129 EDIT EXIT Server Menu … Enabled Exit Edit Ethernet Menu CDP: VLAN Id: LAN Port Mode: PC Port Mode: Timeout: Boot Server: BootSrv Opt: BootSrv Type: VLAN Disc: VLAN Disc Opt: Enabled FTP 0.0.0.0 PlcmSpIp **** 3 1 Default EDIT Auto Auto EDIT Server Type: Server Address: Server User: Server Password: File Tx Tries: Retry Wait: Prov. String: EXIT Default FTP Username and Password: EXIT PlcmSpIp PlcmSpIp NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-51 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Polycom Phones - DHCP Process Polycom Phones DHCP Process Polycom Phone Polycom phone attached to NetVanta 7100 Ethernet Port 1) Polycom Phone configured for DHCP by default NetVanta 7100 DHCP DISCOVER / REQUEST (VLAN 1) Request for IP Address, Boot Server(66), NTP Server(42) etc VLAN 1 is the Native VLAN 2) DHCP OFFER / ACK (VLAN 1) IP Address: 10.10.10.x Boot Server(66): tftp://10.10.10.1 NTP Server(42): 10.10.10.1, etc Boot Server Boot Server • A boot server allows global and per-phone configuration to be managed centrally • Configuration files are text XML-format files – Most configuration files are created automatically by the NetVanta 7100 when a new voice user is created – Phone configuration files could also be created manually and edited using an XML editor – Downloaded by the phones at boot time • The boot server also facilitates automated application upgrades, diagnostics, and a measure of fault tolerance 4-52 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Boot Server Files Boot Server Files • Numerous files are created by the NetVanta 7100 and the Polycom phones • The NetVanta 7100 can function as the boot server for IP phones – Files are stored in Flash or CFLASH of the NetVanta 7100 Configuration Files Configuration Files • The phone configuration files consist of master configuration files and application configuration files. • Master Configuration Files – Instructs phone on files to load – 000000000000.cfg or [MAC].cfg • Application Configuration Files – Application configuration files dictate the behavior of the phone once it is running the executable specified in the master configuration file – defaultpolycom.cfg, Ext-[MAC].cfg customer-sip.cfg, adtran-sip.cfg, sip.cfg NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-53 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Polycom Phones - File Request Process Polycom Phones File Request Process Polycom Phone Initial DHCP Process Complete 1) Request NetVanta 7100 bootrom.ld from Boot Server Loads new boot code if different and then formats phone If not different, continues boot process Same or no bootrom.ld on server - continue 2) Request Master Configuration File from Boot Server Request [MAC].cfg (looks for its own MAC address) No [MAC].cfg file on server 3) Request Master Configuration File from Boot Server Request 000000000000.cfg Bootrom.ld is the Polycom phones boot code that is responsible for loading the SIP application Phone Config Files - Unassigned Phones Phone Config Files Unassigned Phones NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server 000000000000.cfg sip.ld polycomboot.cfg customer-sip.cfg adtran-sip.cfg defaultpolycom.cfg sip.cfg 000000000000-directory.xml 4-54 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 000000000000.cfg If a phone does not find its own [MAC].cfg file, it will use this one, and establish a baseline configuration - Instructs phone on files to load - Delivered by ADTRAN with a Factory default system. Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Phone Config Files - Unassigned Phones Phone Config Files Unassigned Phones NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server 000000000000.cfg sip.ld polycomboot.cfg customer-sip.cfg adtran-sip.cfg defaultpolycom.cfg Default phone settings for unassigned phones Typical parameters include: - display name - unique addresses (ext 2000) defaultpolycom.cfg sip.cfg 000000000000-directory.xml 000000000000-directory.xml Used to seed new phones with an initial directory Phone Config Files - Assigned Phones Phone Config Files Assigned Phones NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server 0004f2034c0b.cfg sip.ld polycomboot.cfg customer-sip.cfg 2004-0004f2034c0b.cfg [MAC].cfg A Polycom phone will look for its own [MAC].cfg file - Instructs phone on files to load - Created when you add a SIP user and define MAC address of phone adtran-sip.cfg sip.cfg NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-55 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Phone Config Files - Assigned Phones Phone Config Files Assigned Phones NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server sip.ld The Polycom phone SIP firmware image file (phone application) 0004f2034c0b.cfg sip.ld - Uploaded to flash by dealer polycomboot.cfg polycomboot.cfg customer-sip.cfg 2004-0004f2034c0b.cfg Sets the boot parameters for all SIP phones - Created by dealer in GUI adtran-sip.cfg Other “.cfg” files sip.cfg SIP application settings for phones Phone Config Files - polycomboot.cfg Phone Config Files polycomboot.cfg NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server polycomboot.cfg 0004f2034c0b.cfg • sip.ld • • polycomboot.cfg customer-sip.cfg 2004-0004f2034c0b.cfg • Provides “zero touch” phone provisioning Created by dealer in GUI BootRom setup menu and the application SIP configuration menu can be set in this file Typical parameters include: – Voice VLAN – Boot Server – FTP Username / Password adtran-sip.cfg sip.cfg * The VLAN id is no longer set via DHCP option 129. It is “hard” set in this file. It can now be seen in the phone menu under Network Configuration. 4-56 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Phone Config Files - Editing polycomboot.cfg Phone Config Files Editing polycomboot.cfg 1 1. From the Voice / Stations / IP Phone Configs menu, select the Boot Settings tab 2 Boot Settings - Set Phone VLAN - Define Boot Server - Specify where phone config files are stored - Set FTP username and password - Change phone Admin password Phone Config - SIP App. Settings for Phones Phone Config Files SIP Application Settings for Phones NetVanta 7100 – Boot Server customer-sip.cfg 0004f2034c0b.cfg sip.ld polycomboot.cfg customer-sip.cfg 2004-0004f2034c0b.cfg adtran-sip.cfg sip.cfg Dealer/User can customize this file - Examples: logos, wav files, etc. 2004-0004f2034c0b.cfg Phone settings for the specific phone - Created when user added in GUI adtran-sip.cfg Contains the default settings that ADTRAN chooses to employ on the Polycom phones - Examples: ADTRAN logo, ringtones, etc sip.cfg Default settings from Polycom. This file should not be modified. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-57 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Phone Config - SIP App. Settings for Phones Phone Config Files SIP Application Settings for Phones customer-sip.cfg, adtran-sip.cfg, sip.cfg • Reasons for the 3 separate SIP config files – Polycom modifies the sip.cfg file occasionally • ADTRAN has needed this ability also – If customers have modified sip.cfg and made it unique, then it will be difficult for them to upgrade to new Polycom revisions that require an updated sip.cfg file. • The 3 files allow… – Polycom to have their own SIP configurations that can be updated. – ADTRAN to have our own SIP configurations that can be updated. – The customer still has the ability to customize the SIP settings, and update ADTRAN and/or Polycom SIP configs. polycomConfigDefaults.cfg Default Polycom Configuration File polycomConfigDefaults.cfg • A text file that contains default Polycom configuration values that will automatically be applied to new phone configurations created by the NetVanta 7100 – This file is defined and created from the Default Settings tab of the NetVanta 7100 IP Phone Configs screen • Included parameters: – Default Dial Plan Digit Map – Default Phone Model – Number of Line Keys 4-58 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Phone Config Files - polycomConfigDefaults.cfg Phone Config Files polycomConfigDefaults.cfg 1 1. From the Voice / Stations / IP Phone Configs menu, select the Default Settings tab 2 Default Phone Settings - SIP Server - Dial String pattern for extensions Phone Config Files - polycomConfigDefaults.cfg Phone Config Files polycomConfigDefaults.cfg • Boot Settings tab continued… 1 Default Phone Settings - Shared Line Account Dial String patterns - Dial String Timeout - # of Line Keys NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-59 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Other Polycom Files Other Polycom Files • bootrom.ld – Generic program designed to load the application (SIP). The bootROM application uses the network to query the boot server for upgrades or configuration changes. • sip.ld – The SIP firmware image file (phone application) • sip.ver – Version number of SIP image • [MAC]-phone.cfg – Local configuration changes made on the phone and uploaded to the boot server if allowed • [MAC]-directory.xml – Per Phone Directory Other Polycom Files (Continued) Other Polycom Files (Continued)… • SoundPointIPWelcome.wav – Wav file that's played when phone boots • Doorbell-1-Hi.wav – Doorbell Wav file that can be used for door phone • adtran40xlogo.bmp – Bitmap for IP430 phone (monochrome – 94x23) pixels) • adtran50xlogo.bmp – Bitmap for IP500 phone (4 bit grayscale - 114x51 pixels) • adtran60xlogo.bmp – Bitmap for IP600 phone (4 bit grayscale – 209x109 pixels) • adtran4000logo.bmp – Bitmap for IP4000 phone (4 bit grayscale – 150x33) pixels) 4-60 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Other Polycom Files (Continued) Other Polycom Files (Continued)… • [MAC].app.log – The application log file is uploaded periodically or when the local copy reaches a predetermined size. • [MAC].boot.log – The boot log file is uploaded to the boot server after every reboot. A ~now-boot.log or ~now-app.log version of these files may also be seen. Manual Reboot of Phone Manual Reboot of Phone • Rebooting from phone menu – The menu option is called Restart Phone and it is found in the Settings menu • Rebooting with phone key combination – For the key combination, press and hold the following keys simultaneously until a confirmation tone is heard or for about three seconds: Reboot initiated So undPoin t® IP 300 an d 301: Volume-, V olume+, Hold, Do No t Distur b So undPoin t® IP 500 an d 501: Volume-, V olume+, Hold, Messages So undPoin t® IP 600 an d 601: Volume-, V olume+, Mute, Messages So undStation® IP 4000 : *, # , Volu me +, S elect NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-61 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Reset to Factory Default Reset to Factory Default • The basic network configuration can be reset to factory defaults – Simultaneously press and hold the 4, 6, 8 and * dial pad keys until the password prompt appears – Enter the administrator password to initiate the reset Flash settings reset Admin Password: Registration, Line and Call Appearance Registration, Line, and Call Appearance Polycom phones can support multiple registrations, line appearances, and call appearances 2004 2004 3004 Registration: a SIP alias or phone number Line key: a button on the phone beside the display Call: a SIP session - Registrations can appear on multiple line keys - Line keys can have multiple calls 4-62 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files Module Objectives Module Objectives At the end of this module, you should: • Have a basic understanding of ADTRAN phone configuration files • Be able to modify phone configuration files in the GUI NetVanta IP Telephony Course 4-63 Module 4: ADTRAN Phone Configuration Files 4-64 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 5-2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Module Objectives Module Objectives • • • • • • Introduce NetVanta 7000 Key System Applications Voice Trunk Review Configure Shared Line Accounts Enable Hands Free Auto-Answer Introduce and Configure System Modes Conduct Voice Troubleshooting in a NetVanta 7000 Key System Application NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-3 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 5-4 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application NetVanta 7000 - Key System Application NetVanta 7000 Key System Application • What is a Key System? – Key Systems are typically used in small office environments – Allow a group of telephones to access a number of individual telephone lines – Characterized by telephones with buttons used to access, or answer, lines NetVanta 7000 PSTN 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line Analog Trunks NetVanta 7000 - Key System Features NetVanta 7000 Key System Features • Configuration of the following features are introduced in this section: – Shared Line Appearance (SLA) – Hands-free Auto-Answer – System Scheduler (Day/Night) NetVanta 7000 PSTN 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line Analog Trunks NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-5 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 5-6 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Voice Trunk Review NetVanta IP Telephony Course Voice Trunk Review Voice Trunk Review Voice Trunk Review • Trunk lines connect the NetVanta 7000 to the outside world. They are delivered from the carrier and may be digital or analog. – Supported Voice Trunk Types • • • • Analog T1-RBS T1-ISDN PRI SIP PSTN NetVanta 7000 alo An g T1 or SIP Carrier VOIP Network NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-7 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Factory Default Review NetVanta 7000 Voice Trunks Factory Default Review • Trunk Account T01 – Physical Interface = FXO 0/1 – Inbound call goes to Auto Attendant (8200) • Trunk Account T02 – Physical Interface = FXO 0/2 – Inbound call goes to Auto Attendant (8200) • Analog Trunk Group – Includes both T01 and T02 – All calls allowed out (accept 900 #s) NetVanta 7000 FXO 0/1 FXO 0/2 01 nt T cou c A k 02 Trun nt T cou c A k Trun PSTN Analog Trunk Group Basic Configuration Steps Analog Trunk Review Basic Configuration Steps 1. Configure Trunk Physical Interface – FXO interfaces enabled by default 2. Create Trunk Account – Configure trunk number, caller-id, etc.. – Assign physical FXO port(s) 3. Create Trunk Group – Add Trunk Account members – Define outbound call templates NetVanta 7000 FXO 0/1 01 tT cc A 02 k tT un cc Tr A k un Tr Trunk Group FXO 0/2 5-8 NetVanta IP Telephony Course PSTN Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Trunk Accounts/Groups Review NetVanta 7000 Voice Trunks Accounts/Groups Review Low Cost T01 AA 8200 FXO 0/1 T02 AA 8200 FXO 0/2 T03 AA 8200 FXO 2/1 * Trunk Accounts T01- T03 - Inbound calls go to Auto Attendant * Trunk Group 1 PSTN - All calls allowed out at a low cost Trunk Group 1 * Trunk Account T04 Trunk Group 2 - Dedicated FAX Line * Trunk Group 2 T04 High Cost FAX 2800 FXO 2/2 - All calls allowed out at a high cost Extension 2800 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-9 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 5-10 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Shared Line Appearance NetVanta IP Telephony Course Shared Line Appearance A Shared Line Appearance (SLA) is a configurable portion of the NetVanta 7000 that allows system administrators to enable the key system mode on the unit. A Shared Line Account is created and then linked to the IP phone’s line keys and functions similar to a key system where the system enables multiple phone users to share the same analog trunk lines. SLAs allow businesses to cut the cost of providing individual analog phone lines from the carrier to each analog phone station in their facility. For example, company XYZ has 16 sales employees that need a secondary extension on their ADTRAN desktop IP phones. Instead of ordering an additional 16 trunk lines, company XYZ orders three analog trunk lines and shares the lines between the sales team phone users. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-11 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application SLAs offer features, such as public hold/retrieve, line status display on subscribers' phones, and the ability to place an outbound call out of a selected trunk. Outlined below are key aspects of SLAs: - SLAs can only be associated with analog trunks. - Inbound calls on an SLA notify every SIP-based IP phone that registers to it. - SLAs can be seized by pressing the appropriate line key(s) on the phone. - The status of an SLA will be updated on all other phones registered to that line. Status conditions include idle, ringing, busy, and hold. - A busy SLA cannot be seized by other SIP-based IP phones. Barge or monitoring of the SLA is NOT supported. - SLAs can have coverage to auto attendant (AA), voicemail (VM), operator, extension, and an external number. Using Public Hold When using SLAs, calls that are put on hold are referred to as being on Public Hold, which means that every user on that particular SLA has access to the call placed on hold. Also, any phone registered to that SLA will be able to see the hold status and retrieve the call by pressing the line key corresponding to the call on their phone. 5-12 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Shared Line Appearance Shared Line Appearance • Description – The key system functionality for SLA is targeted to make the IP PBX experience similar to existing key systems that some end users are accustomed to – A “Shared Line Appearance” refers to a line key on a phone that maps to an analog trunk NetVanta 7000 1 Line 2 Line PSTN 3 Line Analog Trunks (FXO Interfaces) SLAs and Analog Trunk Lines In order for analog trunk lines to appear and be accessible for incoming and outgoing calls for multiple IP phone users, the trunk line(s) must be configured and linked to an SLA. Once the SLA is associated with the trunk line, the SLA can be linked to individual phones. Prior to the introduction of SLAs, all calls were routed out the trunk groups and were only subjected to the permit/deny templates assigned under the trunk group settings. Now, SLAs contain their own set of permit/deny templates. This application allows trunk accounts that are used as SLAs to also be included in an outbound trunk group. Therefore, when a user presses the corresponding line key on a phone that only has SLA’s extensions programmed, they are subjected to the SLA’s Accept/Reject Templates. When running AOS A1 firmware or later, the SLA Accept/Reject Templates are not applied to inbound and outbound calls if the phone has a private line (user account) programmed. Instead, the individual user assigned class of service permission settings are applied to all outbound calls. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-13 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Shared Line Appearance - Features Shared Line Appearance Features – Inbound calls on a LINE notify every SIP phone that registers to the line – A LINE can be seized by selecting the LINE button on the phone – The status of a LINE will be updated on all other phones registered to that line • Status will include IDLE, RINGING, BUSY, and HOLD NetVanta 7000 PSTN 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line Analog Trunks Shared Line Appearance - Features (Continued) Shared Line Appearance Features (Continued…) – A LINE on hold may be retrieved by any other SIP Phone that registers on the LINE – A busy LINE cannot be seized by other SIP Phones • Barge or Monitoring of the LINE is NOT supported – A LINE can have coverage to AA, VM, Operator, extension, and an external number NetVanta 7000 PSTN 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line Analog Trunks 5-14 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Shared Line Appearance - Basic Configuration Shared Line Appearance Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Analog Trunk Accounts 2. Create Shared Line Accounts (SLA) – Specify the Trunk Account that will be associated to this SLA – Configure Accept/Reject template for this SLA 3. Configure key on phone as a SLA PSTN 1 Line 2 Line NetVanta 7000 3 Line Analog Trunks (FXO Interfaces) 1) Create Trunk Account SLA Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account 1) Create Analog Trunk Accounts (as done in past) 1 Analog3_TA - Set Type to Analog - Supervision can be Loop Start or Ground Start. The first two TAs have already been created – Create one Analog Trunk Account per incoming analog line (FXO interface) NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-15 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 1) Create Trunk Account SLA Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account 2) Remove the existing extension number – Inbound calls will go to all users registered to the Shared Line Account (SLA) 2 – A different Trunk Number could be assigned for each of the System Modes 1) Create Trunk Account SLA Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account 3) Assign one FXO interface per Trunk Account 3 NetVanta 7100 5-16 NetVanta IP Telephony Course /1 O0 – FX T02 O 0/2 – FX 2 0 T O 2/1 – FX T03 PSTN Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Shared Line Appearance - Basic Configuration Shared Line Appearance Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Analog Trunk Accounts 2. Create Shared Line Accounts (SLA) – Specify the Trunk Account that will be associated to this SLA – Configure Accept/Reject template for this SLA 3. Configure key on phone as a SLA NetVanta 7000 PSTN 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line Analog Trunks (FXO Interfaces) 2) Shared Line Accounts SLA Configuration 2) Shared Line Accounts 1) Select the Voice / Trunks / Shared Line Accounts menu 1 2 Line3 The first two SLAs have already been created 2) Create one Shared Line Account per Analog Trunk Account – Select the Analog Trunk Account that this shared line will be associated with NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-17 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 2) Shared Line Accounts SLA Configuration 2) Shared Line Accounts 3) Specify the type of calls that will be allowed out with this Shared Line Account 3 2) Shared Line Accounts SLA Configuration 2) Shared Line Accounts 4) Define the Call Coverage that will be used for this Shared Line Account 4 – A different Call Coverage could be defined for each of the System Modes 5-18 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Shared Line Appearance - Basic Configuration Shared Line Appearance Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Analog Trunk Accounts 2. Create Shared Line Accounts (SLA) – Specify the Trunk Account that will be associated to this SLA – Configure Accept/Reject template for this SLA 3. Configure key on phone as a SLA NetVanta 7000 1 Line 2 Line PSTN 3 Line Analog Trunks (FXO Interfaces) 3) Line Key on Phone SLA Configuration 3) Line Key on Phone 1 1) Select the Voice / Stations / IP Phone Configs menu 2 2) Select the MAC address of the phone you wish to add a shared line to NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-19 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 3) Line Key on Phone SLA Configuration 3) Line Key on Phone 3) Add a secondary line below the existing extension line keys 4) Configure the Type as Shared Line Account 4 3 3) Line Key on Phone SLA Configuration 3) Line Key on Phone 5) Configure SLA parameters Specify the SLA (trunk) that the voice line will use Name used for SIP signaling Line key text label Repeat the above steps to add additional shared lines to the phone 5-20 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Password used for this line's registration. Same as the extension and SIP Authentication password of the associated user account. Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 3) Line Key on Phone SLA Configuration 3) Line Key on Phone 6) Click Apply and then reboot the phone The first two LINES have already been configured – After phone reboots, the new Shared Line Accounts appear on phone Shared Line Account - View Registration Shared Line Account View Registration • Shared Line Accounts are registered with the NetVanta 7000 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-21 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 5-22 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Hands Free Auto Answer NetVanta IP Telephony Course Handsfree Auto Answer Hands Free Auto Answer Handsfree Auto Answer • Hands Free Auto-Answer is an intercom like feature – User initiates a call to a SIP phone – Instead of requiring the recipient to answer the call, the phone automatically answers and starts a conversation • Supported with: – ADTRAN IP 706 and IP 712 – Many Polycom Phones - (IP 650, IP 601, IP 501, IP 430) NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-23 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Hands Free Auto Answer - Basic Configuration Handsfree Auto Answer Basic Configuration Steps 1. Configure auto-answer permit template – Template defined per voice Class of Service 2. Optional – Give voice users permission to block incoming auto-answer calls – Configured per voice Class of Service 3. Optional – Block incoming auto-answer calls for specific voice user – Configured per specific voice user extension 1) Configure AA Permit Template Hands-Free AA Configuration 1) Configure AA Permit template 1) From Voice / System Setup / Classes of Service, edit desired Class of Service 4 1 2 3 2) Auto-Answer permit templates area created per Class of Service – 5-24 Configuration is very similar to the call accept template NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 2) Block Incoming AA calls Hands-Free AA Configuration 2) Block Incoming AA calls • Optional – Per CoS, allow users to block incoming auto-answer calls 3 1 -When a user does not want to receive an Auto-Answer call, they can dial *971 - When user wishes to receive Auto-Answer calls again, they can dial *970 2 3) Block Incoming AA calls Hands-Free AA Configuration 3) Block Incoming AA calls 1 • Optional – Block incoming auto-answer calls for specific user 2 3 – Auto-Answer Do Not Disturb If checked, any incoming Auto-Answer calls will ring normally instead of being automatically answered by the phone While editing a Voice User, select the Current Settings tab NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-25 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Hands Free Auto-Answer - Placing Call Hands Free Auto-Answer Placing Call • To place an Auto-Answer call, the digits ** must precede the number – The prefix can be dialed before or with the extension – For example, a user could place two calls: • ** and then MXXX, or a user could dial **MXXX Speaker **2004 Hello Bob! Hello Bob! x2003 x2004 Hands Free AA - No Permission or Blocked Hands Free Auto-Answer No Permission or Blocked • Auto-Answer call initiated by a user that “does not have permission” to do so – Normal call is placed – No Auto-Answer functionality • Auto-Answer call is received by a user that has blocked the functionality – A normal call is placed – No Auto-Answer functionality 5-26 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application System Scheduler NetVanta IP Telephony Course System Scheduler System Scheduler - What is it? Voice System Scheduler What is it? • System Scheduler allows a user to define different configuration parameters based on day and time – – – – Change voice users call privileges Redirect incoming calls to a different number Schedule different Auto Attendant greetings Define different call coverage NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-27 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application System Scheduler - Modes of Operation Voice System Scheduler Modes of Operation System Scheduler has two modes of operation: • Automatic Mode – A schedule can be defined to transition system modes at predetermined days and times, automatically – When a schedule is defined and active, no manual modes can be enabled, except for the override mode • Once the override mode is enabled, it stays in effect until manually disabled • Manual Mode – Allows users to set the mode of operation manually – Once a mode is selected, the mode stays in effect until manually changed – All manual changes to system mode can occur via BLF and SPRE codes System Scheduler - Predefined Modes Voice System Scheduler Predefined Modes • The are several predefined modes and custom modes where the schedule can be modified: – – – – – – – – 5-28 Default Night Lunch Weekend Custom1 Custom2 Custom3 Override NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application System Mode Feature System Mode Operation is a feature in the NetVanta 7000 that allows a user to define different configuration parameters, such as User Class of Service, Trunk Account Number, and Call Coverage, based on the current mode. There are 7 configurable System Modes with one Override option. The System Mode can be configured to change on a schedule at a specific transition time or can be manually switched by the user without a schedule. The 7 System Modes are: - Default Night Lunch Weekend Custom1 Custom2 Custom3 Override (enable/disable; stays in effect until disabled) System Modes can be enabled by schedule, web interface, Auto Attendant digit action, or SPRE code. They can be monitored by a BLF key in a Status Group (IP 601, IP 706, IP712 phones). Configuration Overview 1. Determine if scheduled or manual operation is desired and define a schedule for each System Mode if required. 2. Determine inbound call flow for Trunk Accounts and configure appropriately for each System Mode. 3. Determine Call Coverage for User Accounts, Operator Group, and any other Ring Groups and configure appropriately for each System Mode. 4. Determine Class of Service for User Accounts and configure appropriately for each System Mode Allowing the Change of System Mode In order to allow a phone to dial a SPRE code or use a BLF key to change the System Mode, this action must be enabled in the Advanced Permitted Actions for the Class of Service applied to the desired User Account. This applies to changing to any System Mode in Manual Operation, or to enabling Override in Scheduled Operation. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-29 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application System Scheduler Override Mode Voice System Scheduler Override Mode • When a schedule is defined and active, no manual modes can be enabled, except for the override mode • Once the override mode is enabled, it stays in effect until manually disabled • If override mode is enabled and a scheduled transition occurs, the override remains and the transition is ignored • When the override is disabled, the currently scheduled mode of operation takes effect • The user/admin defines the action taken when in the override mode System Mode Configuration Voice System Scheduler System Mode Configuration 1. Select Voice / System Setup / System Modes from the NetVanta 7XXX menus By default, NO system mode commands are configured - the unit operates in the Default mode 2. Click one of the existing System modes 3. Define schedule for the selected System Mode NOTE: Only define a schedule if you want the system mode to automatically change based on time of day/day of week 5-30 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application System Modes - Example System Modes Example Night System Mode Example – System will transition into the Night system mode at 5 PM and back to the Default system mode at 8 AM System Modes - Example System Modes Example Lunch System Mode Example – System will transition into the Lunch system mode at 11:30 AM and back to the Default system mode at 12:30 PM each week day NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-31 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application System Modes - Example System Modes Example Weekend System Mode Example – System will transition into the Weekend system mode at 5 PM Friday and back to the Default system mode at 8 AM Monday System Modes - Where can they be applied? Voice System Modes Where can they be applied? • Voice User - Class of Service – The CoS can be set to change for the user based on the current system mode – Defines the types of phone service that will be available to the user during the time period • Voice Account – Trunk Number – Activate different system modes of operation that redirect incoming calls to a different number depending on the specified mode • Could have different Auto Attendants based on time and day • Call Coverage – Call coverage can be configured per system mode – The number of rings between call coverage choices can also be set per system mode • Voice users, ring groups, and operator group, shared line accounts 5-32 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Assigning System Modes - User Account CoS Assigning System Modes User Account Class of Service 1. Edit an existing voice user 2. Define Class of Service per System Mode – – – No Access Same as Default An existing Class of Service Assigning System Modes - Trunk Number Assigning System Modes Voice Account – Trunk Number 1. Edit an existing Trunk Account 2. Define Trunk Number per System Mode – None / Same as Default / Value - extension NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-33 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Assigning System Modes - Call Coverage Assigning System Modes Call Coverage 1. Edit an existing voice user or ring group 2. Define Call Coverage per System Mode – Voice User Accounts / Ring Group / Operator Group System Modes - Methods to Change Voice System Modes Methods to Change • • • • • Automatically switch based on schedule Web Auto Attendant SPRE Code BLF/SPRE Code * If the system is in override, the unit will ignore any schedule that exists - The unit will stay in override until manually changed - This command is saved into the dynvoice-config file to preserve the state of the unit in case of power failure 5-34 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Changing System Mode - Switch as Scheduled Changing System Mode Switch at Scheduled Time • The System Mode will automatically change at scheduled time – If placed in the Override mode, it will no longer change until taken out of the Override mode Scheduled Operation The NetVanta 7000 can be configured to automatically switch System Modes based on a schedule defined for each System Mode. When a schedule is defined for System Modes, the only option to disable the schedule is via the Override mode. Override is an enable/disable function. Once the NetVanta 7000 is in Override mode, it will remain there until Override is disabled (via BLF, SPRE, Auto Attendant or web interface). Override functions as a Toggle; to disable Override mode from the Auto Attendant, you must select Override mode from the choices given. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-35 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Changing System Mode - Manually Change in GUI Changing System Mode Manually Change in GUI • If no day/time schedule has been configured, the admin can manually set the mode of operation in the GUI • Once a mode is selected, the mode stays in effect until manually changed NOTE: If a day/time schedule has been defined, the only mode that can be selected from this menu is Override. The voice current-mode command can also be used to manually activate a particular system mode on the unit from the command line. NV7000 (config)# voice current-mode default voice current-mode lunch voice current-mode night voice current-mode override voice current-mode weekend voice current-mode custom1 voice current-mode custom2 voice current-mode custom3 This command is used to put the unit into a specific system mode. The unit remains in the activated system mode until it is changed manually. * If a day/time schedule has been defined, the only mode that can be set here is override. 5-36 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Changing System Mode - Auto Attendant Changing System Mode Auto Attendant 1. Edit an Auto Attendant 2. Set a Digit Action to System Mode 3. Define Password for System Mode Changing System Mode - Auto Attendant Changing System Mode Auto Attendant • A voice user who presses the digit action for System Mode will hear the following: PASSWORD? The Current System Mode is Default To Transition to Night Mode Press 2 To Transition to Lunch Mode Press 3 To Transition to Weekend Mode Press 4 To Transition to Custom1 Mode Press 5 To Transition to Custom2 Mode Press 6 To Transition to Custom3 Mode Press 7 To Transition to Override Mode Press 8 To Cancel Press * NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-37 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Changing System Mode - SPRE Mode Changing System Mode SPRE Code • • The Special PREfix (SPRE) code *20n can be used to change the System Mode *20n Values for “n” – – – – – – – – 0 = Default, 1 = Night, 2 = Lunch 3 = Weekend 4 = Custom1 5 = Custom2 6 = Custom3 7 = Override SPRE Codes used to Change System Mode Dial the SPRE code for the desired System Mode from any phone. The SPRE Codes to enable/disable System Modes are these: - *200 – Default *201 – Night *202 – Lunch *203 – Weekend *204 – Custom1 *205 – Custom2 *206 – Custom 3 *207 – Override Allowing the Change of System Mode In order to allow a phone to dial a SPRE code or use a BLF key to change the System Mode, this action must be enabled in the Advanced Permitted Actions for the Class of Service applied to the desired User Account. This applies to changing to any System Mode in Manual Operation, or to enabling Override in Scheduled Operation. 5-38 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Changing System Mode - BLF/SPRE Code Changing System Mode BLF/SPRE Code • System Mode configured as line key Frank 05/5/08 10:15pm 2003 Default 2003 Lunch Cheryl SPEED Wade SPEED Park 1 SPEED Park 2 Mailbox 8001 Dial Redial Pickup More BLF Key in Status Group A Status Group can be created to use a BLF to switch enable the different System Modes. A user would press the key associated with the desired System Mode to enable it. For example, when the customer leaves the office for the day, they would press the Night key to enable Night mode. When they return to the office in the morning, they would press the Default mode to return to Default (“Day”) mode. In Manual Operation, the Override option functions as just another Custom System Mode. Allowing the Change of System Mode In order to allow a phone to dial a SPRE code or use a BLF key to change the System Mode, this action must be enabled in the Advanced Permitted Actions for the Class of Service applied to the desired User Account. This applies to changing to any System Mode in Manual Operation, or to enabling Override in Scheduled Operation. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-39 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application 5-40 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Key System Applications - Troubleshooting NetVanta IP Telephony Course Key System Applications Troubleshooting Troubleshooting SLAs Troubleshooting SLAs Shared Line Account Review: • Configuration: – Is the proper trunk account associated with the SLA? – Are the proper call types checked in the Accept/Reject Templates in the SLA Config? – Is the proper call coverage defined in the SLA Config? • Check the SLA registration with the phone – Is SIP password correct in the SLA Config? NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-41 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Troubleshooting System Mode Troubleshooting System Mode System Mode Review: • If “any” schedule has been defined in the Voice Settings / System Mode screen, the NetVanta 7000 is operating in the Automatic mode – System will automatically change based on time and day – Override Mode is used to take the system out of the Automatic mode and perform defined Override Mode settings – Stays in Override Mode until taken out of Override Mode • Changing System mode with SPRE code or BLF – The Class of Service setting “Change System Mode” must be enabled for the admin user that needs this ability Troubleshooting Auto Answer Troubleshooting Auto Answer Hands Free Auto Answer Review: • No Auto Answer Calls are allowed by default • Class of Service setting – Define which users can place Auto Answer Calls – Template defines who Auto Answer calls can be placed to • ** is used to place Auto Answer call • Is feature disabled for user? (SPRE code *971) – Use SPRE code *970 to enable 5-42 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application show interface fxo 0/1 show interface fxo 0/1 • View the statistics for the specified interface NV7000# show int fxo 0/1 fxo 0/1 is UP Two-wire Status: Onhook Test Status: INACTIVE No Tests Impedance: 600 ohms +2.16uF Transmit Gain: +0.0dB Receive Gain: +0.0dB Measured ERL: not available - run 'test erl' The default Impedance setting is 600 Ω + 2.16 µF. The unit may require a different setting to correct echo issues. For assistance, refer to the Echo Return Loss Measurement Guide on ADTRAN’s Knowledge Base at kb.adtran.com. show interface fxs 0/1 realtime show interface fxs 0/1 realtime • View interface statistics real time NV7000# show int fxs 0/1 realtime -------------------------------------------------------------------------------fxs 0/1 is UP Two-wire Status is: Onhook Test Status is INACTIVE No Tests Impedance is: 600 ohms +2.16uF Transmit Gain is: -6.0dB Receive Gain is: -3.0dB Ring voltage is: 50 Vrms Signal Mode: Loop-Start Caller ID Format is: Multiple Data Message Format - Onhook - Offhook - Ringing -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Exit - 'Ctrl-C', Freeze - 'f', Resume - 'r' NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-43 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application debug voice summary debug voice summary • View call routing summary real time – Can confirm proper trunk is being used NV7000# debug voice summary 16:55:22 VOICE.SUMMARY voice user 2005 cos allowed the call to Extensions 16:55:22 VOICE.SUMMARY 2005 is calling 2006 (2006). 16:55:24 VOICE.SUMMARY 2005 is connected to 2006 (2006) 16:55:28 VOICE.SUMMARY Call from 2005 to 2006 (2006) ended by 2006: normal clearing 17:01:54 VOICE.SUMMARY voice user 2006 cos allowed the call to Extensions 17:01:54 VOICE.SUMMARY 2006 is calling T01 (911). 17:01:56 VOICE.SUMMARY 2006 is connected to T01 (911) 17:02:04 VOICE.SUMMARY Call from 2006 to T01 (911) ended by T01: normal clearing Voice Trunk ID debug interface fxo debug interface fxo • View interface events real time Incoming Call NV7000# debug interface fxo 2009.07.03 10:24:10 FXO.0/1 Ringing Detected 670041432 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:12 FXO.0/1 Ringing Removed 670043432 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:12 FXO.0/1 Normal Battery Detected 670043432 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:13 FXO.0/1 Offhook 670044481 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:13 FXO.0/1 Loop Current found - Battery detected, reset debounce 670044532 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:13 FXO.0/1 Normal Battery Detected 670044532 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:30 FXO.0/1 Loop Current not present - Battery removed, debounce 670061842 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:30 FXO.0/1 No Battery Detected 670061872 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:31 FXO.0/1 Onhook 670062372 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:31 FXO.0/1 Reverse Battery Detected 670062382 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:31 FXO.0/1 Normal Battery Detected 670062472 ms 2009.07.03 10:24:31 FXO.0/1 Onhook 670062972 ms Disconnect - The output above displays an incoming call from the PSTN on trunk FXO 0/1 5-44 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application debug voice phonemanager debug voice phonemanager • Display all phone manager event messages real time NV7000# debug voice phonemanager 11:25:44:832 PM.0:1 Idle Processed OFFHOOK 11:25:44:832 PM.0:1 State change >> Idle->Requesting Dialtone 11:25:44:832 PM.0:1 Requesting Dialtone CACHG:ReqDigits on primary CA 11:25:44:832 PM.0:1 State change >> Requesting Dialtone->SendingDigits 11:25:46:973 PM.0:1 SendingDigits Digit 2 processed 11:25:48:033 PM.0:1 SendingDigits Digit 0 processed 11:25:49:194 PM.0:1 SendingDigits Digit 0 processed 11:25:50:454 PM.0:1 SendingDigits Digit 3 processed 11:25:50:455 PM.0:1 State change >> SendingDigits->Call Pending 11:25:50:457 PM.2003 Ca:0 SipPM_Idle rcvd: CAS_Ringing * Partial output displayed - Could also use “debug voice toneservices” to see tone events View digits as entered from Analog phone NetVanta IP Telephony Course 5-45 Module 5: NetVanta 7000 Key System Application Module Summary Module Summary • • • • • • 5-46 At the end of this module, you should be able to: Recognize NetVanta 7000 Key System Applications Configure Shared Line Accounts Enable Hands Free Auto-Answer Configure System Modes Conduct Voice Troubleshooting in a NetVanta 7000 Key System Application NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 6-2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Module Objectives Module Objectives • • • • • • • Introduce NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Applications Configure Voice Trunks – T1-RBS/ISDN PRI Create and Configure a Multi-level Auto Attendant Create and Configure Dial by Name Directories Configure Busy Lamp Field/ Public Park Zones Log Calls – Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) Conduct Voice Troubleshooting in a NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-3 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 6-4 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application NetVanta 7000 - IP PBX Application NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application • What is a PBX? – – – – Private Branch eXchange Designed for larger businesses Offer more features/functionality than key systems Outside lines are selected dynamically based on dialed phone number ISDN NetVanta 7000 ng Lo st Di ce an PSTN Local NetVanta 7000 - IP PBX Application NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application • Configuration of the following IP PBX Application features are introduced in this section: – – – – – Voice Trunks – T1-RBS/ISDN PRI Multi-level Auto Attendant Dial by Name Directories Busy Lamp Field/ Public Park Zones Logging Calls - SMDR NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-5 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 6-6 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Voice Trunks NetVanta IP Telephony Course Voice Trunks Account/Group Review Voice Trunks – T1 – RBS Voice Trunks – T1 – ISDN PRI Voice Trunks - Accounts/Groups Review NetVanta 7000 Voice Trunks Accounts/Groups Review Low Cost T01 Operator FXO 0/1 T02 Operator FXO 0/2 * Trunk Accounts T01 - T02 - Inbound calls go to Operator * Trunk Group 1 - All calls allowed out at a low cost PSTN Trunk Group 1 Trunk Group 2 T03 RG 8001 * Trunk Account T03 - T04 FXO 2/1 - Inbound calls go to Ring Group * Trunk Group 2 T04 High Cost RG 8001 FXO 2/2 - All calls allowed out at a high cost Ring Group 8001 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-7 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Voice Trunks - Accounts/Groups Review NetVanta 7000 Voice Trunks Accounts/Groups Review Local – Low $ LD – High $ * Trunk Accounts T01 LOCAL T01 AA 8200 FXO 0/2 Analog Trunk Group 1 - Inbound calls go to Auto Attendant * Trunk Group 1 - Local calls allowed out at low cost - Long distance allowed at high cost * Trunk Account T02 - Inbound calls goes to DID Trunk Group 2 LD T02 DID * Trunk Group 2 T1 1/1 ISDN Local – High $ LD – Low $ 6-8 NetVanta IP Telephony Course - Long distance allowed out at low cost - Local calls allowed at high cost Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application T1-RBS Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps T1-RBS Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Set Primary system Timing Source 2. Configure Physical T1 Interface – DS0 selection, framing, line coding 3. Create Trunk Account – Supervision settings defined by Telco • E&M Wink, E&M Immediate, Loop Start, Ground Start, Feature Group D – Assign DS0s 4. Create Trunk Group – Add Trunk Account members – Define outbound call templates NetVanta 7000 PSTN T1 1/1 t oun Acc k n u Tr BS T1-R Trunk Group The term T1 circuit is commonly used to identify a multiplexed 24 channel, 1.544 Mbps digital data circuit providing communications between two facilities or from a local service provider. T1 refers to the transport of a DS-1 formatted signal onto a copper, fiber or wireless medium for deploying voice, data or video-conferencing services. T1 connections provide up to 24 64 kbps DS0 channels and use the RBS scheme to pass call signaling status information. Robbed Bit Signaling: The process where the least significant bit in the 6th and 12th frame (of a SF T1) and the 16 & 24th frame (of an ESF T1) is "robbed" for voice A,B,C,and D signaling bits. These signaling bits indicate on/off-hook conditions etc. The T1-RBS trunk can terminate a line from the provider (Telco) or be a termination point acting as the network to a PBX or key system requiring a T1 circuit. T1-RBS Trunk Configuration 1. Set primary system timing source 2. Configure physical T1 interface and DSO selection 3. Create a T1-RBS Trunk Account 4. Create a Trunk Group NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-9 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 6-10 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application T1-ISDN PRI Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps T1-ISDN PRI Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Set Primary system Timing Source 2. Configure Physical T1 Interface – DS0 selection, framing, line coding 3. Configure logical ISDN PRI Interface – ISDN switch type, emulation mode, digits transferred, etc… 4. Create Trunk Account – Select ISDN interface 5. Create Trunk Group PSTN – Add Trunk Account members – Define outbound call templates NetVanta 7000 T1 1/1 t oun Acc k n u Tr PRI DN S I T1 Trunk Group The Integrated Digital Service Network (ISDN) Primary Rate Interface (PRI) is a circuit composed of 23 bearer (B) channels and 1 data (D) channel. ISDN PRI is an international standard for digital communications, allowing a full range of enhanced services supporting voice and data. The 23 B channels are used to transmit voice and/or data over an all-digital public switched telephone network. The D channel is used to transmit out-of-band signaling for the B channels that controls dialing numbers and features like call waiting. The NetVanta 7000 can support the following ISDN PRI switch types: 1. National ISDN 2. AT&T 4ESS, Lucent 5ESS. Nortel DMS-100, and Euro ISDN. ISDN Trunk Configuration 1. Set primary system timing source 2. Configure physical T1 interface and DSO selection 3. Configure logical PRI interface 4. Create an ISDN Trunk Account 5. Create an ISDN Trunk Group NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-11 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 6-12 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 1) Set System Timing T1 Trunk Configuration 1) Set System Timing 1 1. Select the System / System Summary menu 2 3 2. Click Current System Clock Source 3. Define the preferred system timing source T1-ISDN PRI Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps T1-ISDN PRI Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Set Primary system Timing Source 2. Configure Physical T1 Interface – DS0 selection, framing, line coding 3. Configure logical ISDN PRI Interface – ISDN switch type, emulation mode, digits transferred, etc… 4. Create Trunk Account – Select ISDN interface 5. Create Trunk Group PSTN – Add Trunk Account members – Define outbound call templates NetVanta 7000 t oun T1 1/1 c k Ac Trun PRI SDN T1-I Trunk Group NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-13 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 2) Configure Physical T1 T1 Trunk Configuration 2) Configure Physical T1 1. Select the System / Physical Interfaces menu 1 The built in and modular physical interfaces display on this screen 2 2. Click the T1 interface to be edited more 2) Configure Physical T1 T1 Trunk Configuration 2) Configure Physical T1 3. Enable the T1 interface 3 The T1 parameters are usually left at default but can be changed to match customers network – You must click the Apply button before continuing to the next step (DS0 configuration) 6-14 NetVanta IP Telephony Course more Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 2) Configure Physical T1 T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 2) Configure Physical T1 4. Add a PRI Connection 4 5 Click Add when ready to create this logical PRI connection 5. Define the DS0 Range for this connection more 3) Configure PRI Interface T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 3) Configure PRI Interface 1. Enable the Logical PRI Connection 1 Remaining PRI parameters are optional 2 2. Define the ISDN Switch Type more NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-15 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application T1-ISDN PRI Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps T1-ISDN PRI Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Set Primary system Timing Source 2. Configure Physical T1 Interface – DS0 selection, framing, line coding 3. Configure logical ISDN PRI Interface – ISDN switch type, emulation mode, digits transferred, etc… 4. Create Trunk Account – Select ISDN interface 5. Create Trunk Group PSTN – Add Trunk Account members – Define outbound call templates NetVanta 7000 T1 1/1 t oun Acc k n u Tr PRI DN S I T1 Trunk Group 4) Create Trunk Account T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 4) Create Trunk Account 1. Select the Voice / Trunks / Trunk Accounts menu 1 2 2. Create an ISDN Trunk Account – Enter name, set type to ISDN, and then click ADD more 6-16 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 4) Create Trunk Account T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 4) Create Trunk Account 3. Select the ISDN interface “PRI 1” 3 – The logical “PRI 1” interface was created in the “Connect To” step of the T1 configuration more 4) Create Trunk Account T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 4) Create Trunk Account • Optional: Administrative Status – Enabled by default – Configurable Trunk status Options: • • • Enabled - Trunk operates as normal Disabled: Busy On Idle - Current calls stay active, but no new calls are accepted Disabled: Busy Immediately - All current calls are torn down, and no new calls are accepted more NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-17 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 4) Create Trunk Account T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 4) Create Trunk Account • Optional: Reject External – Unselect to allow trunk to trunk calls • Optional: Emergency Caller ID Override – Specify the calling party number presented on outbound emergency calls 6-18 NetVanta IP Telephony Course more Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application ISDN TA – VoIP Settings Tab T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 4) Create Trunk Account • Optional: Adjust VoIP settings for this interface more The VoIP Settings tab allows you to edit the trunk’s voice over IP settings like codec group, VAD, and RTP settings. Codec Group Select the codec group to use for this station account. Modem Passthrough When Modem Passthrough is enabled and an existing call detects a modem or fax tone, the unit will automatically renegotiate with the far end to be modem-compatible (switch to G.711, all voice improvements turned off, packet delay set to Fax). T38 When T.38 is enabled and an existing call detects a fax tone, the unit will automatically renegotiate with the far end to be T.38. VAD When Voice Activity Detection is enabled, silence is not transmitted over the network, only audible speech. When VAD is enabled, the sound quality is slightly degraded but the connection monopolizes much less bandwidth. PLC Enables/disables Packet Loss Concealment. When enabled, the unit will try to reconstruct sound lost from dropped packets. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-19 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application NLS Enables/disables the echo canceller's Non-Linear Suppression. When enabled, acoustic echo should be reduced. ALC Enables/disables the Automatic Leveling Control. When enabled, reduces received RTP signals to a predefined level. Echo Cancellation When enabled, reflected noise is cancelled from the transmitted voice signal. Echo cancellation should normally only be disabled if the voice station is connected to a fax machine or modem. RTP Settings Frame Packetization Select the number of audio samples in ms (1 frame/sample is 10 ms) included in a single RTP packet. Packet Delay Mode Configures the operation mode of the jitter buffer for VoIP calls involving this account. • Adaptive - The buffer's delay starts at the nominal delay setting but will increase up to the delay setting if it detects that an intolerable number of packets are being discarded due to jitter. Conversely, the buffer will decrease the amount of delay if it can afford to. • Fixed - The buffer's delay stays at the nominal setting at all times. Packet Delay Configures various packet delay settings for this account. • Nominal - For voice calls, the nominal delay value represents the desired amount of packet delay. In adaptive mode, the buffer may increase this value up to the maximum delay. In fixed mode, the delay is constantly set at this value. • Maximum - For voice calls, the maximum delay value represents the maximum delay to which the adaptive jitter buffer can grow. • Fax - If Modem Passthrough is enabled and modem/fax tones are detected, the packet delay setting will be switched to this value. DTMF Relay Select how DTMF tones are to be transmitted over RTP. If out of band (NTE), also enter the NTE value. RTP DSCP Value Select the DiffServe code point for this station's RTP packets. Either use the global default (which will change as the global default changes) or specify a value for this station only. 6-20 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application ISDN TA – ANI Substitution Tab T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 4) Create Trunk Account • Optional: Add ANI substitution Order is important: - Multiple match statements can be entered per trunk account - The first valid match that is found for outbound numbers will be used – Examples: • • • match ani "2XXX" substitute "2569632000" name "Shanes Cable Co" match ani "3XXX" substitute "2569633000" name "Hunters Cable Co" match ani "$" substitute "2569631000" name "AAA Cable Co" Use ANI Substitution on this trunk to convert out-going Caller ID digits. Additionally, if supported by this device, the name of the calling party may be defined. Example uses are shown below: ANI Substitution Examples: Match: 2XXX Subst: 2569632000 name Shanes Cable Co - Calls from 2XXX extensions will have an outbound Caller-id number of 256962000 and Caller-ID name Shanes Cable Co Match: 3XXX Subst: 2569633000 name Hunters Cable Co - Calls from 3XXX extensions will have an outbound Caller-id number of 256963000 and Caller-ID name Hunters Cable Co Match: $ Subst: 2569631000 name AAA Cable Co - Calls from all other extensions will have an outbound Caller-id number of 256961000 and Caller-ID name AAA Cable Co Multiple ANI substitution entries can be added to each trunk. The first valid match that is found for outbound numbers will be used. Order of input is important. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-21 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application ISDN TA – DNSI Substitution Tab T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 4) Create Trunk Account • Optional: Add DNIS substitution Order is important: - Multiple match statements can be entered per trunk account - The first valid match that is found for outbound numbers will be used – Examples: • • • Match: NXX-XXXX Subst: 256-NXX-XXXX Match: 1-256-XXX-XXXX Subst: NXX-XXX-XXXX Match: 1-NXX-NXX-XXXX Subst: 10-10-220-NXX-NXX-XXXX Use DNIS Substitution if a dialed number should be replaced with a specific number of your choosing. Match Number Specifies the dialed number that you are trying to match Substitution Number Specifies the number that will be sent in place of the number that was matched Wildcard Characters: 0-9 Match exact digit only X Match any single digit 0-9 N Match any single digit 2-9 [] Match any digit in the list. For example [1,4,6] matches 1, 4, and 6 only, while [1-3,5] matches 1 through 3 and 5 $ Match any number, must occur at end of pattern -(), Punctuation characters ignored unless used within [ ] 6-22 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application DNIS Substitution Examples: 1. Match: NXX-XXXX Subst: 256-NXX-XXXX Format a call for 10 digit dialing 2. Match: 1-NXX-XXX-XXXX Subst: NXX-XXX-XXXX Format LD call for 10 digit dialing 3. Match: 1-NXX-NXX-XXXX Subst: 10-10-220-NXX-NXX-XXXX Insert a LD call Pick code for a particular carrier 4. Match: 411 Subst: 256-555-1212 Redirect 411 information calls Multiple DNIS substitution entries can be added to each trunk. The first valid match that is found for outbound numbers will be used. Order of input is important. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-23 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application ISDN TA – DNIS:ANI Replacement Tab T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 4) Create Trunk Account • Optional: Add DNIS:ANI Replacement Order is important: - Multiple match statements can be entered per trunk account - The first valid match that is found for outbound numbers will be used – Examples: • • match dnis "1NXXNXXXXXX" replace ani "18884238726" name "National Network Co“ match dnis “NXXXXXX" replace ani "9638716 " name “Huntsville Network Co“ Use DNIS:ANI Replacement on this trunk to convert out-going Caller ID digits (ANI) based on the digits dialed(DNIS). Additionally, if supported by this device, the name of the calling party may be defined. Example uses are shown below: DNIS:ANI Replacement Examples: match dnis "1NXXNXXXXXX" replace ani "18884238726" name "National Network Co“ - If a long distance number is dialed, set ANI digits to an 888 number match dnis “NXXXXXX" replace ani "9638716 " name “Huntsville Network Co“ - If a local number is dialed, set ANI digits to a local number Multiple DNIS:ANI replacement entries can be added to each trunk. The first valid match that is found for outbound numbers will be used. Order of input is important. 6-24 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application T1-ISDN PRI Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps T1-ISDN PRI Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Set Primary system Timing Source 2. Configure Physical T1 Interface – DS0 selection, framing, line coding 3. Configure logical ISDN PRI Interface – ISDN switch type, emulation mode, digits transferred, etc… 4. Create Trunk Account – Select ISDN interface 5. Create Trunk Group PSTN – Add Trunk Account members – Define outbound call templates NetVanta 7000 T1 1/1 t oun Acc k n u Tr PRI DN S I T1 Trunk Group 5) Create Trunk Group T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 5) Create Trunk Group 1. Select the Voice / Trunks / Trunk Groups menu 1 2 2. Create (or edit) a Trunk Group – Enter new Group Name then click Add more NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-25 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 5) Create Trunk Group T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 5) Create Trunk Group 3. Click Add Members to add existing Trunk Accounts to this trunk group 4 3 4. Add the ISDN Trunk Account that was just created to this Trunk Group 5) Create Trunk Group T1-PRI Trunk Configuration 5) Create Trunk Group 4. Outbound Call Template – Define call types allowed out this Trunk Group 4 – Optional: Define cost for each type of call • 6-26 Least cost routing NetVanta IP Telephony Course more Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Emergency 911, Redundancy, and Least Cost Routing E911 calling is a priority as well as Redundancy. The NetVanta 7000 addresses both of these issues under Trunk Accounts. For example, an application with multiple analog trunks will enable E911 dialing on every trunk. No single trunk failure will prohibit E911 access. Additionally, each of these Trunk Accounts may be placed in separate Trunk Groups. This will allow each Outbound Call attribute to be assigned a Cost on every trunk. Long Distance may be less expensive on a particular trunk, so it may be given a lower cost than long distance dialing on the other trunks. This provides Least Cost Routing. Long Distance calls will go out the trunk on the left first because it has a lower cost. If there are no available channels on it then LD calls will go out the trunk on the right. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-27 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 6-28 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Auto Attendant NetVanta IP Telephony Course Auto Attendant Multilevel Auto Attendant Multilevel Auto Attendant • Multiple Attendants • Multiple Levels per Attendant • Several different actions available for each pressed digit • Prompt Management 1 Company Greeting 2 : 9 - Dial by Extension - Dial by Name - External Number - Voice Mailbox - Operator - Recording - Digit Match Action - Change System Mode NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-29 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Auto Attendant - Basic Configuration Steps Auto Attendant Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Auto Attendant Menu 2. Record the audio greeting for Menu prompt 3. Define at least one Digit Action 1) Create AA Menu Auto Attendant Configuration 1) Create AA Menu 1. Select the Voice / Applications / Auto Attendants menu 1 2 Main 8201 - The extension must be a valid, unique extension for this new Auto Attendant. 2. Create the Main Auto Attendant Menu – Assign name, AA extension, then click Add 6-30 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Auto Attendant - Basic Configuration Steps Auto Attendant Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Auto Attendant Menu 2. Record the audio greeting for Menu prompt 3. Define at least one Digit Action 2) Record Audio Greeting Auto Attendant Configuration 2) Record Audio Greeting 1. Record the audio greeting for the Menu prompt 1 more NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-31 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 2) Record Audio Greeting Auto Attendant Configuration 2) Record Audio Greeting 1. Record the audio greeting for Menu prompt (Continued…) 2 Enter extension to call, File name of WAV file, optional description and prompt text 4 Answer phone Record Greeting 3 x2003 Auto Attendant - Basic Configuration Steps Auto Attendant Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Auto Attendant Menu 2. Record the audio greeting for Menu prompt 3. Define at least one Digit Action 6-32 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 3) Define Digit Actions Auto Attendant Configuration 3) Define Digit Actions 1. Define at least one Digit Action 1 Auto Attendant - Digit Actions Auto Attendant Digit Actions • Different actions available for each pressed digit: – – – – – – – – – – – Transfer to a Menu Transfer to a Phone Number Dial By Name Dial By Extension Collect Digits Play a Prompt System Mode Repeat Menu Previous Menu Same as Other Digit Action Disconnect NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-33 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application AA Digit Actions - Transfer to a Menu Auto Attendant Digit Actions Transfer to a Menu • Control of the call is passed to a different Auto Attendant AA User presses 1 to go to another menu AA 1 1 3 CustSrv 4 8202 2 - The new Auto Attendant menu is created here but can be edited later AA Digit Actions - Transfer to a Phone # Auto Attendant Digit Actions Transfer to a Phone Number • The caller is transferred to a specified number or voicemail box AA User presses 3 for the Sales Department 3 Valid Transfer Targets - Extension - External Number - Voice Mailbox - Operator 6-34 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Sales Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application AA Digit Actions - Dial By Name Auto Attendant Digit Actions Dial By Name • Matches the caller's input against a defined set of names AA User presses th (84) for Thad Directory Thad Annette Thad th Select Existing Dial By Name Directory Match Methods - Last Name, then First Name - First Name, then Last Name - Either method - The default SYSTEM dial by name directory contains all users that are included in the System directory AA Digit Actions - Dial By Extension Auto Attendant Digit Actions Dial By Extension • Transfers the call to an extension entered in by the caller AA User presses 2003 for known extension 2003 x2003 "If you know your party's extension..." NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-35 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application AA Digit Actions - Collect Digits Auto Attendant Digit Actions Collect Digits • Matches numbers entered in by the caller against set templates and performs various actions based on the match. 6 AA User presses N (6) for night or D (3) for day ? 3 1 AA Digit Actions - Play a Prompt Auto Attendant Digit Actions Play a Prompt • Plays an audio prompt and then returns the caller to this Auto Attendant menu 1 Useful for store hours/directions/etc… 6-36 NetVanta IP Telephony Course AA User presses 5 to hear hours of operation 5 Hours of Operation Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application AA Digit Actions - System Mode Auto Attendant Digit Actions System Mode • The System Mode action provides a way to change the current system mode of the unit Override System Mode AA User presses #, password, and then 8 # A voice user who presses the digit action for System Mode will hear the following: PASSWORD? The Current System Mode is Default To Transition to Night Mode Press 2 To Transition to Lunch Mode Press 3 -The password assigned above must be entered before the caller can change the current system mode To Transition to Weekend Mode Press 4 To Transition to Custom1 Mode Press 5 To Transition to Custom2 Mode Press 6 To Transition to Custom3 Mode Press 7 To Transition to Override Mode Press 8 To Cancel Press * AA Digit Actions - Other Digit Actions Auto Attendant Digit Actions Other Digit Actions • Repeat Menu – Starts this Auto Attendant's menu prompt over and waits for caller input • Previous Menu – Returns control of the call to the previous Auto Attendant – Previous Menu works in conjunction with Transfer To a Menu to allow the caller to navigate through the various Auto Attendant menus • Same as Other Digit Action – Sets this event's action to be exactly the same as another event's action • Disconnect – Terminates the call after optionally playing a prompt NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-37 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Auto Attendant - Prompt Management Auto Attendant Prompt Management • Prompts can easily be recorded and played via the Web GUI - Prompts can be recorded on the fly while creating and editing an attendant menu - The Audio Prompts menu allows for creation, viewing, editing of all known prompts in the system Auto Attendant Example Auto Attendant Example Introductory Greeting "Thank you for calling Company XYZ. If you know the extension number of the party you are trying to reach, please dial it at any time; if the number is not known, press’1’ to dial by name; if you are calling for the Sales Department press '3'; for Customer Service press ‘4'; for company hours of operation and location information press ‘5'; To repeat the selections, press ‘9’; Press ‘0’ or stay on line for the operator.” 6-38 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Dial-by-Name Directory NetVanta IP Telephony Course Dial-by-Name Directory Dial-by-Name Directory Dial-by-Name Directory • A default System directory that adds/removes users automatically • Admin-definable directories containing customizable set of users/ring groups • Users can be added both with the system name as well as aliases to handle different spellings or nicknames • Name Searching – Can search by first name, last name, or either NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-39 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Dial-by-Name Directory - Default SYSTEM Directory Dial-by-Name Directory Default SYSTEM Directory • The SYSTEM Directory contains all users that have the “Include in System Phone Directory” option enabled Voice / Stations /User Accounts / Edit “specific user” This option is configured in the Current Settings tab of the specific voice user Dial-by-Name Directory - Basic Configuration Dial-by-Name Directory Basic Configuration Steps 1. 2. 3. 4. 6-40 Create a new Dial-By-Name Directory Add Users to the Directory Optional – Add Alias to Directory Configure Directory as a Digit Action in an Auto Attendant NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 1) Create new Dial-By-Name Directory Dial-by-Name Directory Configuration 1) Create new Dial-By-Name Dir. 1. Select the Voice / Applications / Dial-ByName Dirs menu 1 2 MainDirectory 3 2. Type name and then click Add New Directory more 2) Add Users to the Directory Dial-by-Name Directory Configuration 2) Add Users to the Directory 1. Click Add Users 1 2. Select from the list of available voice users 2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-41 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 3) Optional – Add Alias to Directory Dial-by-Name Directory Configuration 3) Optional – Add Alias to Dir. 1. Click Add Alias 1 - An Alias can be added for an internal system user or a phone number such as a ring group more 3) Optional – Add Alias to Directory Dial-by-Name Directory Configuration 3) Optional – Add Alias to Dir. 2. Add Alias for an Internal User 2 1 - Add an alternate name for an internal system user more 6-42 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 3) Optional – Add Alias to Directory Dial-by-Name Directory Configuration 3) Optional – Add Alias to Dir. 2. Add Alias for Ring Group/Other Phone Number 2 1 - Add an Alias for a phone number that “is not” an internal system user 4) Assign Directory in Auto Attendant Dial-by-Name Directory Configuration 4) Assign Dir. in Auto Attendant 1. Edit an Auto Attendant from the Voice / Applications / Auto Attendants menu 1 2) Set a Digit Action to Dial By Name 2 3 3) Assign existing Dial By Name Directory NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-43 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 6-44 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Busy Lamp Field/Public Park Zones NetVanta IP Telephony Course Busy Lamp Field/ Public Park Zones Busy Lamp Field Busy Lamp Field • Monitor busy or idle status – – – – Another phone Public park zone System mode Mailbox • DSS function also supported on the same phone • Supported with the ADTRAN 700 Series and SoundPoint IP 601/650 only – Other SIP and analog phones can be monitored using BLF DSS: Direct Station Select BLF: Busy Lamp Field NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-45 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Busy Lamp Field Busy Lamp Field • Status Indicator – Idle – Busy Frank Voice Account Public Park Zone 05/5/08 12:15pm 2003 Default 2003 Lunch Cheryl SPEED Wade SPEED Park 1 SPEED Park 2 Mailbox 8001 Dial Redial Pickup System Mode Mailbox More Public Park Zones - Parking Active Call Public Park Zones Parking Active Call • Call is answered and parked in “Park 1” zone Frank 05/5/08 10:15pm 2003 Default 2003 SPEED Wade SPEED Park 1 SPEED Park 2 Mailbox 8001 Hold 6-46 Lunch Cheryl Park NetVanta IP Telephony Course Endcall Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Public Park Zones - Parking Active Call Public Park Zones Parking Active Call • Call is available for Retrieval Frank 05/5/08 10:15pm 2003 Default 2003 Lunch Cheryl SPEED Wade SPEED Retrieve 1 SPEED Park 2 Dial Mailbox 8001 Redial Pickup More Busy Lamp Field - System Scheduler Busy Lamp Field System Scheduler • Early Lunch – the NetVanta 7000 is manually changed from the Default System Mode to the Lunch System Mode Frank 05/5/08 10:15pm 2003 Default 2003 Lunch Cheryl SPEED Wade SPEED Park 1 SPEED Park 2 Mailbox 8001 Dial Redial Pickup More NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-47 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Busy Lamp Field - System Scheduler Busy Lamp Field System Scheduler • The NetVanta 7000 will stay in the Lunch System Mode until manually changed back to the Default or other System Modes Frank 05/5/08 1:30pm 2003 Default 2003 Lunch Cheryl SPEED Wade SPEED Park 1 SPEED Park 2 Mailbox 8001 Dial Redial Pickup More Busy Lamp Field - Basic Configuration Steps Busy Lamp Field/Public Park Zones Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create a Status Group 2. Add members to the Status Group – Members can be users, park zones, system modes, or a mailbox to be monitored 3. Configure SIP phone to subscribe to Status group – Subscribe to Status Group in the IP Phone Configs Menu 6-48 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 1) Create Status Group Busy Lamp Field Configuration 1) Create Status Group 1. Select the Voice / Applications / Status Groups menu 1 2 2003_SG 3 2. Type name for new Status Group 3. Click Add New Status Group - A Status Group is created to define the voice users, park zones, system modes, or a mailbox to be monitored 2) Add Members to Status Group Busy Lamp Field Configuration 2) Add Members to Status Group 1. Click Add Users 2 1 2. Select from existing voice users - BLF buttons can also be used as a speed dial or direct station select (DSS) for that user - BLF buttons may also be used when invoking transfers NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-49 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 2) Add Members to Status Group Busy Lamp Field Configuration 2) Add Members to Status Group 1. Click Add Park Zones 2 1 2. Add Parks Zones to be monitored 2) Add Members to Status Group Busy Lamp Field Configuration 2) Add Members to Status Group 1. Click Add System Mode 2 1 2. Add System Modes to be monitored 6-50 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 2) Add Members to Status Group Busy Lamp Field Configuration 2) Add Members to Status Group 1. Click Add Mailbox 2 1 2. Add Mailbox to be monitored 2) Add Members to Status Group Busy Lamp Field Configuration 2) Add Members to Status Group • Optional – Change order of Status Group members NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-51 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 3) Subscribe to Status Group Busy Lamp Field Configuration 3) Subscribe to Status Group 1. Select the Voice / Stations / IP Phone Configs menu 1 2 2. Configure phone to subscribe to Status Group – Select the MAC Address of phone that will monitor the Status Group 3) Subscribe to Status Group Busy Lamp Field Configuration 3) Subscribe to Status Group 2. Configure phone to subscribe to Status Group (Continued…) 3 4 - The Status Group will display below the line keys that are currently configured 5 6-52 NetVanta IP Telephony Course - Click Apply to sync and reboot phone Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 3) Subscribe to Status Group Busy Lamp Field Configuration 3) Subscribe to Status Group • Phone Display after reboot Thad Tran 05/5/08 12:15pm 2003 Default 2003 Lunch Annette Vanta Mailbox 8001 Poly Com SPEED Park 1 SPEED Park 2 Dial SPEED Redial Pickup More NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-53 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 6-54 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Logging Calls NetVanta IP Telephony Course Logging Calls Station Message Detail Recoding (SMDR) Logging Methods Logging Methods • Real-Time Event messages are generated by many parts of the NetVanta 7000 and can be displayed real-time in the console or telnet session or logged to the following: – Internal event-log – External syslog-server. – SMTP mail server. • Can filter which events are logged based on severity NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-55 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Logging – SMDR Logging - SMDR • The NetVanta 7000 supports sending SMDR events to an external logging server • SMDR events are sent AFTER the call is completed • SMDR messages contain information about the call including – – – – Time initiated Billing code Billable Duration Trunk • Requires an external host running a syslog server • Sends messages on UDP port 514 SMDR - Station Messaging Detail Record (Call Detail Records) Utilities / System - Logging – SMDR Utilities / System Logging - SMDR • Enable SMDR Logging 1. 2. 3. 4. 6-56 Enable Syslog Forwarding Set Syslog Forwarding Priority Level to SMDR Define IP address of Syslog server Optional – define Syslog facility NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Logging – SMDR Events Logging - SMDR Events • Sample SMDR Log 2008.04.30 13:52:51 SMDR 369 04/30/2008 13:52:49 0.0 0 I 00/00 Dawn Ella 3001 00/01 Rob Wade 5001 0 N 2008.04.30 13:52:53 SMDR 368 04/30/2008 13:52:51 0.0 0 I 00/00 Dawn Ella 3001 00/01 Bob Sup 2003 0 N 2008.04.30 13:57:01 SMDR 370 04/30/2008 13:53:35 3.4 0 I 00/01 Rob Wade 5001 00/01 T01 8041000 0 N 2008.04.30 13:57:41 SMDR 371 04/30/2008 13:57:27 0.2 0 E 00/01 8081000 00/01 AutoAttendantAc 8200 0 N 2008.04.30 13:59:11 SMDR 372 04/30/2008 13:57:39 1.5 0 I 00/01 8081000 00/01 Dawn Ella 3001 0 RBA 2008.04.30 14:05:28 SMDR 373 04/30/2008 14:02:46 2.7 0 I 00/01 Dawn Ella 3001 00/01 T01 8091001 0 N 2008.04.30 14:05:28 SMDR 374 04/30/2008 14:02:40 2.8 0 I 00/00 Dawn Ella 3001 00/00 Rob Wade 5001 0 N Logging – SMDR Events Logging - SMDR Events Start date / time Special Handling Flag; N(one), F(wd), T(xfr), P(ark) Record # edt~ SMDR 373 sdt~ 2.7 0 I 00/01 Dawn Ella 3001 00/01 T01 8091001 0 N End date / time Call Duration (minutes) Billing Code Originating slot/port, name, number Call Type Conference Flag (C or NC) Destination slot/port, name, number edt~=end date/time sdt~=start date/time NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-57 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application debug voice smdr debug voice smdr • 6-58 View SMDR events with Debug NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Troubleshooting NetVanta IP Telephony Course Troubleshooting Layer 1 Troubleshooting T1 Alarm Conditions View T1 Alarms and Errors Detailed troubleshooting can be accomplished via the Command Line Interface (CLI) via either a console or telnet connection. The show interface t1 1/1 command shows the up/down state of the T1 along with the following: • • • • • • • Alarm state (current/history) Framing and coding Clock source Test mode Channel status Signal state (A/B bits) Performance statistics NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-59 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application show int t1 1/1 – No Alarms show int t1 1/1 • Display the T1 interface – No Alarms NV7000# show int t1 1/1 t1 1/1 is UP Receiver has no alarms T1 coding is B8ZS, framing is ESF Clock source is line, FDL type is ANSI Line build-out is 0dB No remote loopbacks, No network loopbacks Acceptance of remote loopback requests enabled Tx Alarm Enable: rai Last clearing of counters 01:05:16 loss of frame : 0 loss of signal : 0 AIS alarm :0 Remote alarm : 1, last occurred 00:21:23 DS0 Status: 123456789012345678901234 ------------------------------XXXXX Status Legend: '-' = DS0 is not allocated 'X' = DS0 is allocated (nailed) : * Continues on next slide show int t1 1/1 (Continued…) Continued… Signaling Bit Status: 123456789012345678901234 RxA: -------------------------------11111 RxB: -------------------------------11111 TxA: TxB: ------------------------------ 11111 -------------------------------01111 123456789012345678901234 Line Status: -- No Alarms -5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec Current Performance Statistics: 0 Errored Seconds, 0 Bursty Errored Seconds 0 Severely Errored Seconds, 0 Severely Errored Frame Seconds 0 Unavailable Seconds, 0 Path Code Violations 0 Line Code Violations, 0 Controlled Slip Seconds 0 Line Errored Seconds, 0 Degraded Minutes TDM group 1, line protocol is not set Encapsulation is not set 6-60 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application T1 - Red Alarm T1 Alarm Conditions Telephone Network X RED CSU/DSU experiences an outout-ofof-frame condition for more than 2.5 seconds ((- receive signal condition) Red Alarm is declared when the CSU cannot synchronize on the framing pattern on the network interface. This may be due to excessive errors on the T1 or an incorrect framing pattern. Red Alarm will be declared if an Out of Frame (OOF) condition exists for 2.5 seconds or more. A common cause of Red Alarm is a mismatch on framing configuration (D4 versus ESF) between the telco and the customer’s CSU. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-61 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application T1 - Yellow Alarm T1 Alarm Conditions T1 RX X Telephone Network T1 TX YELLOW - CSU/DSU responds to Red alarm condition by transmitting yellow alarm to inform far end of alarm condition (far end signal condition) Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) is being received at the Network Interface to indicate that the far end is in Red Alarm. It may be inferred that the path from the far end to the near end is good since the RAI is being received successfully. (Note: "far end" refers only to the far end of the local loop, which may extend to the customers' "other" site or may only go to an intermediate Central Office.) This is inferred because framing must be adequate in order to receive a transmitted Yellow alarm. In ESF, the Yellow Alarm is transmitted over the Facility Data Link (FDL). In SF (or D4), it is transmitted inband, by setting the second bit in every DS0 to zero; consequently, it is possible for payload data to mimic the code and cause a "false yellow alarm". Any time a unit is in Red Alarm it will always be transmitting Yellow alarm toward the far end. There will be no indication of this on the local unit. The only indication will be at the far end unit if the transmit path is functioning properly. 6-62 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application T1 – Blue Alarm T1 Alarm Conditions Telephone Network X BLUE - Blue alarm indicates network trouble upstream from the NetVanta 7000 BLUE alarm is also known as AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) Blue alarm indicates network trouble upstream from the NetVanta 7000. BLUE alarm is also known as AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) or an All 1’s pattern. LOS (LOS of Signal) A LOS is an alarm indication that occurs when the CSU does not receive a valid T1 signal (i.e., approximately 1.544 Mbps, nominally 3V peak). A common cause of LOS is an improperly wired cable from the demarcation point to the TSU. Additionally, if excessive zeros are received on an AMI line, LOS can be declared. When an LOS condition is present the Red alarm will always be active because framing is absent as well. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-63 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application show int t1 1/1 – In Alarm show int t1 1/1 – In Alarm • Display the T1 interface – In Alarm NV7000# show int t1 1/1 t1 1/1 is DOWN Transmitter is sending remote alarm Receiver has loss of signal, loss of frame T1 coding is B8ZS, framing is ESF Clock source is line, FDL type is ANSI Line build-out is 0dB No remote loopbacks, No network loopbacks Acceptance of remote loopback requests enabled Tx Alarm Enable: rai Last clearing of counters 20:26:52 loss of frame : 1, current duration 00:02:45 loss of signal : 1, current duration 00:02:44 AIS alarm :0 Remote alarm : 0 DS0 Status: 123456789012345678901234 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Legend: '-' = DS0 is not allocated 'X' = DS0 is allocated (nailed) * Continues on next slide show int t1 1/1 (Continued…) Continued… Signaling Bit Status: 123456789012345678901234 RxA: -----------------------RxB: -----------------------TxA: -----------------------TxB: -----------------------123456789012345678901234 Line Status: -- LOS -- Red -- Tx Yellow -5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec Current Performance Statistics: 10 Errored Seconds, 0 Bursty Errored Seconds 0 Severely Errored Seconds, 167 Severely Errored Frame Seconds 167 Unavailable Seconds, 0 Path Code Violations 1 Line Code Violations, 1 Controlled Slip Seconds 0 Line Errored Seconds, 0 Degraded Minutes TDM group 1, line protocol is not set Encapsulation is not set 6-64 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application show int pri 1 show int pri 1 • Display the ISDN PRI interface NV7000# show int pri 1 pri 1 is DOWN Description: pri 1 Switch protocol National ISDN 2 calling-party override none calling-party presentation allowed calling-party name calling-party number area-code connect t1 1/1 tdm-group 1 digits transferred all prefix isdn name-delivery none role user Number Conversion as dialed resource-selection circular Channel status 123456789012345678901234 --------------------------------. . . . . Legend: - = Unallocated . = Inactive A = Active B channel B = Backup D channel D = Active D channel M = Maintenance R = Restart : No D channel ? Check System Clock Source from the System Summary screen show int pri 1 • Display the ISDN PRI interface NV7000# show int pri 1 pri 1 is UP Description: pri 1 Switch protocol: National ISDN 2 Signaling role: user (TE) Calling-party override: disabled Calling-party presentation: allowed Calling-party number: (no number configured) digits transferred 4 ISDN name-delivery: disabled Connected interface: t1 1/1 tdm-group 1 Channel status 123456789012345678901234 PRI Channels in use ------------------- . . AAD Legend: - = Unallocated . = Inactive A = Active B channel B = Backup D channel D = Active D channel M = Maintenance R = Restart PRI 1 D channel is UP 329 packets input, 1701 bytes, 0 no buffer 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 37 input errors, 1 CRC, 28 frame 8 abort, 0 discards, 0 overruns 441 packets output, 2068 bytes, 0 underruns NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-65 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application debug isdn l2-formatted debug isdn l2-formatted • Display ISDN Layer 2 formatted messages NV7000# debug isdn l2-formatted 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 1 ===================================================== 1 Recd = Sapi:00 C/R:C Tei:00 1 Ctl:INFO Ns:4 Nr:4 1 Prot:08 CRL:2 CRV:0002 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 1 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M - 05 SETUP IE - 04 BEARER CAPABILITY Len=3 80 Xfer Cap.:SPEECH 90 Xfer Rate:64k A2 Layer 1:u-Law IE - 18 CHANNEL ID Len=3 A1 Primary Rate Intfc ID:IMPLICIT Pref/Excl:PREFERRED D-Chan Indicated:NO Chan. Sel:FOLLOWS 83 Numb/Map:NUMBER 97 Channel:23 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 14:57:09 ISDN.L2_FMT PRI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IE - 6C CALLING PARTY # Len=12 21 Numb. Type:NATIONAL Numb. Plan:ISDN/Telephony 80 Presentation:ALLOWED Ph.# 8884238726 IE - 70 CALLED PARTY # Len=11 A1 Numb. Type:NATIONAL Numb. Plan:ISDN/Telephony Ph.# 2568012003 debug isdn endpoint debug isdn endpoint • Display ISDN endpoint events NV7000# debug isdn endpoint 15:17:13 ISDN.EP 15:17:13 ISDN.EP 15:17:16 ISDN.EP 15:17:16 ISDN.EP 15:17:16 ISDN.EP 15:17:40 ISDN.EP 15:17:59 ISDN.EP PRI 1 Incoming call :'2568012003' from '8884238726'. PRI 1 Call from 8884238726, wait for Name Facility msg PRI 1 Call from 8884238726 - timeout waiting for Name Facility PRI 1 Incoming number '2568012003' converted to '2003' PRI 1 Incoming call to '2568012003' accepted PRI 1 Call to '2568012003' connected. PRI 1 Call to '2568012003' Process clearing. CCR 16 Physical Interface / PRI Config - Digits Transferred set to 4 6-66 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application debug voice summary debug voice summary • View call routing summary real time – Can confirm proper trunk is being used NV7000# debug voice summary 13:50:44:007 VOICE.SUMMARY voice user 2003 cos allowed the call to Long Distance 13:50:44:009 VOICE.SUMMARY 2003 is calling T03 (12568022003). 13:50:46:743 VOICE.SUMMARY RTP for Call from 0 to 12568022003: Codec PCMU 13:50:49:931 VOICE.SUMMARY 2003 is connected to T03 (12568022003) 13:50:54:493 VOICE.SUMMARY Call from 2003 to T03 (12568022003) ended by 2003: 13:51:24:119 VOICE.SUMMARY T01 is calling AutoAttendantAcct (8200). 13:51:24:421 VOICE.SUMMARY RTP for Call from 8021000 to 8200: Codec G729 13:51:24:421 VOICE.SUMMARY T01 is connected to AutoAttendantAcct (8200) 13:51:27:598 VOICE.SUMMARY T01 is calling 2003 (2003). 13:51:27:843 VOICE.SUMMARY Call from T01 to AutoAttendantAcct (8200) ended by Au toAttendantAcct: normal clearing Voice Trunk ID debug voice autoattendant debug voice autoattendant • Display Auto Attendant events NV7000# debug voice autoattendant 16:07:06 VXMLInterpreter vxml.8201 Ca:0 # Started prompt 'CFLASH:/AA/Prompts/Main.wav' 16:08:35 VXMLInterpreter vxml.8201 Ca:0 ProcessingLogic.dtmf input '0101' matched '‘ 16:08:35 VXMLInterpreter vxml.8201 Ca:0 # Started prompt 'CFLASH:/AA/Prompts/HOLD.wav' 16:08:37 VXMLInterpreter vxml.8201 Ca:0 Transfering call to 'tel:8301‘ 16:08:37 VXMLInterpreter vxml.8301 Ca:2 # Started prompt 'CFLASH:/AA/Prompts/Choice.wav' 16:08:52 VXMLInterpreter vxml.8301 Ca:2 ProcessingLogic.dtmf input '3' matched '' 16:08:57 VXMLInterpreter vxml.8301 Ca:2 Transfering call to 'tel:912568012003‘ * Partial output displayed NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-67 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application debug voice mail debug voice mail • Display Voicemail events NV7000# debug voice mail 16:27:10:073 VOICEMAIL.Appearance Acct SC: CA 0: 8500 to VM DigitGathering. 16:26:23 VXMLInterpreter vxml. Ca:0 # Set 'VMTargetBox' to '2003‘ VoiceMail.MailboxManager: Sending New Message Filename of CFLASH:/VoiceMail/Messages/G04Q26RMCI.wav to VSCO for Mailbox 2003 * Partial output displayed 6-68 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application Module Summary Module Summary • • • • • • • • At the end of this module, you should be able to: Recognize NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Applications Configure T1–RBS/ISDN PRI Voice Trunks Create and Configure a Multi-level Auto Attendant Create and Configure Dial by Name Directories Configure Busy Lamp Field/ Public Park Zones Enable SMDR Call Logging Conduct Voice Troubleshooting in a NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application NetVanta IP Telephony Course 6-69 Module 6: NetVanta 7000 IP PBX Application 6-70 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 7-2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Module Objectives Module Objectives • • • • • • • Discuss Switch/Router concept Create another VLAN interface Configure Firewall policies Create a network DMZ Introduce Quality of Service concepts Configure QoS Maps Basic Firewall and QoS troubleshooting NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-3 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 7-4 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 VLAN (Network) Interfaces NetVanta IP Telephony Course VLAN (Network) Interfaces Data / Switch Defaults Review Data / Switch Defaults Review ETH 0/0 WAN DHCP Client NetVanta 7100 Internet VLANs Data - VLAN 1 IP Address: 10.10.10.1/24 Voice - VLAN 2 IP Address: 10.10.20.1/24 Ethernet 0/1-24 Switchport mode: trunk Allowed VLANs: all Native VLAN: 1 Spanning Tree Mode: edgeport Gigabit 0/1-2 VLAN membership: trunk Allowed VLANs: all Native VLAN: 1 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-5 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 7-6 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Adding Network Interfaces Adding Network Interfaces Company XYZ has two departments. Both departments have IP phones that will reside on VLAN 2. The PCs for each department need to be on isolated network segments. Solution: Create Another Network Segment 1) Create VLAN 2) Assign IP Address to VLAN 3) Change Native VLAN on desired ports NetVanta 7100 eth 0/0 Dept A VLAN 1 Dept B VLAN 3 Ports 1-12 Ports 13-24 Internet Voice = VLAN 2 NetVanta 7100 - Switch Router Concept NetVanta 7100 Switch Router Concept int vlan 1 int vlan 2 eth 0/0 Internet int vlan 3 NetVanta 7100 To Create Another Network Segment 1) Create VLAN 2) Assign IP Address to VLAN 3) Assign Switchport to VLAN NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-7 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 VLAN Interfaces VLANs can be configured with IP information to allow the built in router to route information between them. This is known as Inter-VLAN routing. The VLAN becomes an actual router interface with it own unique network IP address. The IP address assigned to the VLAN interface will act as the default gateway to devices connected to ports that are members of this VLAN. 7-8 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 To Create a New VLAN To Create a New VLAN 1) From the VLANs screen, select Add New VLAN – The NetVanta 7100 supports up to 255 active VLANs more To Create a New VLAN To Create a New VLAN 2) Configure new VLAN New VLAN Name: DeptB ID: 3 Assign VLAN Name and ID Enable IP on this interface Enable VLAN interface more NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-9 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 To Create a New VLAN To Create a New VLAN 2) Configure new VLAN (Continued…) Static IP Address 10.10.30.1 255.255.255.0 Address Type set to Static VLAN IP address and subnet mask Media-Gateway set to Primary To Create a New VLAN To Create a New VLAN 3) Assign Switchport to VLAN Port Membership: Trunk: Allow all VLANs Specific Access Port VLAN: allow assigned VLAN only InterVLAN Routing: Traffic from one VLAN destined for another VLAN must go through the router. Firewall policies can be configured to allow or disallow. 7-10 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Native VLAN Native VLAN • Untagged packets received on interface are considered a part of the native VLAN ID – Default = VLAN 1 (Can change per port) 1) Select port 2) Choose Native VLAN for this port A Switchport configured as a Trunk port (802.1Q) allows all VLANs by default. When traffic enters a switchport, it knows what VLAN it is assigned to based on the 802.1Q VLAN ID. The Native VLAN option is used to associate untagged (no VLAN ID) traffic to a VLAN. By default, untagged traffic is assigned to VLAN 1. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-11 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 NetVanta 7100 - Switch Router Concept NetVanta 7100 Switch Router Concept Internet int vlan 1 eth 0/0 int vlan 2 int vlan 3 int vlan ? Internet NetVanta 7100 •Would also configure backup route and firewall policies for backup WAN To Create Backup WAN 1) Create VLAN 2) Assign IP Address to VLAN 3) Assign switchport to VLAN As illustrated in an earlier example, a routable VLAN interface can be created by adding a new VLAN, assigning an IP address to that VLAN, and then assigning the new VLAN to a Switchport. This new routable interface can be an additional LAN network, an isolated DMZ, or a backup WAN as illustrated above. 7-12 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Firewall Configuration NetVanta IP Telephony Course Firewall Configuration NetVanta 7100 - Data/Firewall Factory Defaults NetVanta 7100 Data / Firewall Factory Defaults Firewall enabled All traffic allowed out NetVanta 7100 Internet PRIVATE PUBLIC No traffic allowed in to LAN Except the following: The factory default NetVanta 7100 has two security zones - Public - Private SIP (UDP Port 5060) WAN ADMIN Access Secure Shell - ssh Secure Web - https NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-13 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 The factory default NetVanta 7100 allows (and NATs) all traffic going to the internet. UDP port 5060 SIP traffic, secure shell, and secure web traffic are the only traffic allowed in the PUBLIC interface by default. The policies allowing this traffic can be removed if you do not currently wish to allow that type of traffic. The NetVanta 7100 is equipped with a stateful inspection firewall. A stateful inspection firewall operates by monitoring traffic passing through it. It only allows traffic it is specifically configured to allow as well as return traffic matching traffic that was specifically allowed. For example, if a computer sends a request to a web site, through the firewall, it is only necessary to configure an allow for the outbound traffic, the traffic from the requesting computer to the web server. The response traffic from the website will be automatically allowed. All traffic that has not been initiated from within the network will be automatically blocked unless otherwise specified. 7-14 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Data/Firewall - Security Zones Data / Firewall Security Zones • Firewall Configuration Eth 0/0 is assigned to Public security zone and the Data and Voice VLANS are assigned to the Private security zone Click to edit exist Security Zone – The Factory Default NetVanta 7100 has two security zones (Public and Private) more Each interface should be associated with a Security Zone. A Security Zone is configured with a set of policies that define what action the firewall will perform on data sessions originating from that zone. A security zone that has no configured policies will allow all traffic to enter the interface. The Public and Private Security Zone listed above are present with the factory delivered NetVanta 7100. The firewall inspects traffic inbound. To control traffic coming from the Internet, modify the Public Security Zone. To control traffic coming from VLAN 1 or VLAN 2, modify the Private Security Zone. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-15 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Data/Firewall - Public Security Zone Data / Firewall Public Security Zone • Access from Outside the NetVanta 7100 Top down processing – SIP Service Provider Traffic • Allow SIP (UDP 5060) traffic in – Admin Access • Allow allows https and ssh access from the Public security zone Public Security Zone - SIP Service Provider Traffic Public Security Zone SIP Service Provider Traffic • The SIP Service Provider policy allows SIP – UDP port 5060 from anywhere in to the NetVanta 7100 – If this is truly from a SIP service provider, the traffic selector should be modified defining the source as the specific IP address of service provider 7-16 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Public Security Zone – Admin Access Public Security Zone Admin Access • The Admin Access policy allows https and ssh access from the Public security zone by default – Can be more specific – Could also allow other admin traffic such as: • HTTP, FTP, SNMP, Telnet, and Ping Data/Firewall - Private Security Zone Data / Firewall Private Security Zone • Access from LAN Top down processing – Traffic to NetVanta • Inside traffic with destination of NetVanta 7100 allowed – Voice / Data VLAN Traffic • Allow VLAN to VLAN traffic – NAT list NAT • Allow all traffic going to Internet NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-17 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Private Security Zone – Traffic to NetVanta Private Security Zone Traffic to NetVanta • Inside traffic with a destination of the NetVanta 7100 is allowed – Examples: • • • • • SIP RTP DHCP TFTP FTP Private Security Zone – Voice / Data VLAN Traffic Private Security Zone Voice / Data VLAN Traffic • • Allow VLAN to VLAN traffic Required if you want to allow the following: – PC with Softphone to call a SIP hard phone – PC to access WEB GUI of an IP phone 7-18 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Private Security Zone – NAT list NAT Private Security Zone NAT list NAT • Allow all traffic going to Internet – Traffic selectors matches all traffic – Outbound traffic is translated from the private inside IP address to the public IP address assigned to the outgoing interface NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-19 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 7-20 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Security Zones - Adding New Policies Data / Firewall Security Zones Adding New Policies 1) Select desired Security Zone 3 2 1 – A Security Zone is configured with a set of policies that define what action the firewall will perform on data sessions originating from that zone (inbound) more Security Zones - Adding New Policies Data / Firewall / Security Zones Adding New Policies 2) Select Policy Type 1 3) Configure new Policy Settings more - Based on Policy Type selected NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-21 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Security Zones Policies – Port Forward Security Zone Policies Port Forward Port Forward Policy Allows hosts from the selected Security Zone to access all or selected ports on a private server in another Security Zone Security Zones Policies – Many:1 NAPT Security Zone Policies Many:1 NAPT Many:1 NAPT Policy Allows hosts from the selected Security Zone to share a single public IP address for Internet access. Also known as Internet connection sharing 7-22 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Security Zones Policies – Admin Access Security Zone Policies Admin Access Admin Access Policy Used to allow administrative access to the NetVanta from hosts in the selected Security Zone Security Zones Policies – Filter Security Zone Policies Filter Filter Policy Blocks specified traffic from the selected Security Zone from entering any other Security Zone NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-23 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Security Zones Policies – Allow Security Zone Policies Allow Allow Policy Allows specified traffic from the selected Security Zone to continue toward all other Security Zones unaffected Security Zones Policies – 1:1 NAT Security Zone Policies 1:1 NAT 1:1 NAT Policy Forwards traffic destined for an IP address on the system to a specific IP address in another security zone by changing the destination IP address 7-24 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Security Zones Policies – Advanced Security Zone Policies Advanced Advanced Policy Allows low-level configuration of all policy parameters NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-25 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 7-26 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Firewall Example - Public Web Server Data / Firewall Example Public Web Server 1. Modify the Public Security Zone 2. Add a Port Forwarding Rule – Traffic destined to public IP address - port 80, will be forward to the private IP address of the web server NetVanta 7100 Internet PUBLIC XYZ PRIVATE Web Server Private IP: 10.10.50.2 * Placing public web server in DMZ is covered later in this module Firewall Example – Add Port Forwarding Rule Data / Firewall Example Add Port Forwarding Rule 1) Modify the Public Security Zone 2 1 2) Add a policy to zone Public more NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-27 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Firewall Example – Add Port Forwarding Rule Data / Firewall Example Add Port Forwarding Rule 3) Add an Port Forward policy more Firewall Example – Add Port Forwarding Rule Data / Firewall Example Add Port Forwarding Rule 4) Configure Port Forward policy parameters If Public IP Address is DHCP, leave “Any”, otherwise select Public IP. Specify private IP address of web server on inside network Leave “only traffic specified” Set matching port to www(80) 7-28 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Firewall Example – Port Forwarding Rule Data / Firewall Example Port Forwarding Rule • New “Web Server” Port Forwarding Rule was added to bottom of Policy list Top down processing – Arrow keys can be used to change the order of rules. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-29 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 7-30 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 NetVanta 7100 - DMZ NetVanta 7100 DMZ A network DMZ (demilitarized zone) is an isolated network used to host an organization's external services. It adds an additional level of security. Only specified traffic is allowed into the DMZ. No traffic initiated from the outside is allowed into the PRIVATE LAN. If an external attacker breaks into a server in the DMZ, they only have access to that server, not the PRIVATE LAN. NetVanta 7100 Internet PUBLIC XYZ PRIVATE Web Server DMZ NetVanta 7100 - DMZ NetVanta 7100 Creating a DMZ 1. Create a DMZ VLAN – Assign an IP Address to the new DMZ VLAN – Assign a switch port to the DMZ VLAN 2. Create a new DMZ Security Zone – Block traffic initiated in the DMZ security zone from entering the NetVanta 7100 – Assign the new DMZ VLAN to the new DMZ security zone 3. Add a Port Forwarding rule for Web traffic – Forward all www traffic destined to the NetVanta 7100 public interface in to a web server located in the new DMZ VLAN NetVanta 7100 * Step by step instructions included with this document Web Server XYZ DMZ NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-31 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 7-32 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 NetVanta 7100 - DMZ Creation DMZ VLAN VLAN ID: 5 IP Address: 10.10.50.1 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 DMZ Port: Eth 0/24 Instructor Led Exercise NetVanta 7100 ISP ETH 0/0 ETH 0/24 XYZ Web Server 10.10.50.2 NetVanta 7100 Firewall Configuration In this exercise you will add a DMZ VLAN to the NetVanta 7100 and then make it routable by assigning an IP address to it. You will then create a Port Forwarding policy to forward web traffic destined to the Public interface of the NetVanta 7100 in to a web server located in the DMZ VLAN. Finally, you will create a DMZ security zone to block traffic initiated within the DMZ VLAN. DMZ Creation Overview 1. Create a DMZ VLAN - Assign an IP Address to the new DMZ VLAN Assign a switch port to the DMZ VLAN 2. Create a new DMZ Security Zone - Block traffic initiated in the DMZ security zone from entering the NetVanta 7100 Assign the new DMZ VLAN to the new DMZ security zone 3. Add a Port Forwarding rule for Web traffic - Forward all www traffic destined to the NetVanta 7100 public interface in to a web server located in the new DMZ VLAN NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-33 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 SETUP This exercise builds on the NetVanta 7100 factory default configuration Plug the NetVanta 7100 in to an AC power source. Connect one end of an Ethernet cable to Ethernet port of the PC (Configured as DHCP Client) and the other end to Ethernet 0/1 on the NetVanta 7100. Connect an Ethernet cable between Ethernet 0/0 of the NetVanta 7100. Connect the other end to the Internet connection provided by your ISP. From your PC, open the installed browser (if not already open) and enter 10.10.10.1/admin in the Address field. The NetVanta login window appears. Enter admin as the username, password as the password, and then click the OK button. 7-34 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Step 1) Create a new VLAN to be used for a DMZ From the NetVanta 7100 Data / Switch / VLANs screen, add a new VLAN, enable IP, and configure the IP address for the DMZ VLAN. Then add port eth 0/24 to the DMZ VLAN. 1) Add new VLAN VLAN Name: DMZ VLAN ID: 5 VLAN IP Address: 10.10.50.1 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 2) Enable, name, and assign VLAN ID 3) Enable IP on this VLAN interface 4) Enable VLAN (layer 3) 5) Select Static 6) Assign static IP address 10.10.50.1 255.255.255.0 7) Click Apply Data / Switch / Ports Screen 8) Add port eth 0/24 to the DMZ VLAN then click Apply NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-35 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Step 2) Create a new Security Zone for the DMZ From the NetVanta 7100 Data / Firewall / Security Zones screen configure an ‘Unused Security Zone’ to be used as the DMZ. This security zone will be configured to block traffic initiated from within the DMZ VLAN. 1) Click to add a new Security Zone 2) Type ‘DMZ’ for the Security Zone name and then click Apply A new security zone has been created. By default, there are no configured polices in this security zone. All traffic initiated from within the DMZ Security Zone will be blocked from entering the NetVanta 7100. 7-36 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Step 2 (Continued…) Assign VLAN #5 to the DMZ Security Zone From the Data / Firewall / Security Zones screen, place interface DMZ (VLAN #5) in the new DMZ security zone. All traffic originating in the DMZ VLAN will be blocked from entering the NetVanta 7100. 1) Select DMZ as the Security Zone 2) Click Assign NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-37 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Step 3) Add a Port Forwarding Rule From the Data / Firewall / Security Zones screen, add a port forwarding rule to the Public Security Zone. The new rule will be configured to forward all WEB traffic destined to the public IP address of the NetVanta 7100 in to the private IP address of the WEB server located in the DMZ security zone. 1) Select the Public Security Zone Continues on next page 2) Click Add Policy to Zone Public 7-38 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Add a Port Forwarding Rule (Continued…) 3) Select Policy Type Port Forward 4) Click Continue 5) Enter description 6) Set Public IP Address to Any 7) Set Private IP Address to 10.10.50.2 8) Choose the “Forward only traffic specified below” option button 9) Set matching port to www (port 80) 10) Click Apply The new port forwarding rule has been added to the Public security zone. All port 80 web traffic destined for the public IP address of the NetVanta 7100 will be forward in to the private IP address of the WEB server located in the DMZ security zone. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-39 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 7-40 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Quality of Service NetVanta IP Telephony Course Quality of Service Quality of Service (QoS) Quality of Service (QoS) (QoS) – A technique used to differentiate between packet types and allow important traffic to receive higher priority • A diverse mixture of protocols typically share the same data path in today’s networks • Different traffic types can impact each other across the connection • QoS is intended to allow certain applications to achieve the level of performance considered necessary for optimal function • The whole point is to provide a predictable level of service VoIP (requires low latency) Streaming Video (requires consistent delay) NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-41 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Quality of Service (QoS) is a technique used to differentiate between packet types and allow important traffic to receive higher priority. In a non-QoS-enabled IP network, all packets generally receive the same best-effort service. QoS is intended to allow applications that may require a certain type of network performance to be able to achieve that level of performance. Network applications require different types of response. Some may need very low latency, like Voice over IP. Others can handle longer latency, but need consistent delay. An example of this is streaming video. QoS helps give these types of applications a predictable level of service. Basic Layer 3 QoS Operation Basic Layer 3 QoS Operation Classify / Mark Queue / Schedule : : DiffServ / IP Precedence FIFO / WFQ / LLQ / CBWFQ (IP v4 TOS byte marking) The basic operation of QoS involves classifying the different types of traffic and then marking the traffic to give a certain level of priority. Marking might be done by the originating equipment or by the router. Queuing only takes place when the transmitting interface is congested (or full). Traffic is placed in queues where it waits to get serviced out the transmitting interface. There are different scheduling methods that can be used to schedule traffic from the queues to the transmitting interface. We will look at the scheduling methods supported by the NetVanta AOS products in this module. 7-42 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Layer 3 QoS - Type of Service Byte Layer 3 QoS Type of Service Byte IP version 4 Type-of-Service (TOS) byte – Can be used to mark prioritization or special handling • Traditional model: IP Precedence – 3 bits used for priority/8 levels of priority • Differentiated services model: DiffServ – Six bits called DS Code Points/ 64 possible forwarding behaviors – Backward compatible with IP Precedence Ver Len ToS (DS) Len ID Offset TTL Prot FCS IP SA IP DA Data 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DSCP=46 IPP Unused DSCP TOS IPP=5 32 16 8 4 2 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 00 4 2 1 RFC 2474 - Definition of the DS Field To mark, or tag traffic with different priorities Type of Service (TOS) byte in the IP packet is used. The TOS byte can be used two different ways. The traditional means of tagging the packet with a priority value was done using only three bits of the TOS byte – bits 7, 6, and 5. This method is referred to as the IP Precedence value. Using these three bits of the TOS, the IP Precedence value allows for eight levels of differentiation. More commonly, six bits of the TOS are used to define the DiffServ, or Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value. Bits 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, and 2 in the TOS field define the DSCP. The DiffServ bits allow for 64 levels of priority, but are also backward compatible with IP Precedence values. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-43 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Layer 3 QoS - Type of Service Byte Layer 3 QoS Type of Service Byte • Layer 3 QoS “ToS” is End to End – Once ToS is written, does not change unless rewritten • Per Hop Behavior – Each router must be configured to give special treatment • Otherwise, “Best Effort” NetVanta 7000 ToS ToS ToS ToS 10111000 10111000 10111000 10111000 As shown above, layer 3 QoS is considered End to End. Once the IP Type of Service field is written, it does not change as it routes from one network to another. The only way it changes is if someone rewrites it. Even though layer 3 QoS is considered End to End, it is still a Per Hop Behavior. In order for a packet to get special treatment, the router that the packet crosses must be configured to give this packet special treatment. 7-44 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Layer 3 QoS - Type of Service Byte Layer 3 QoS Type of Service Byte DSCP Values are translated to IP Precedence Values DSCP IP Precedence 0-7 0 8-15 1 16-23 2 24-31 3 32-39 4 40-47 5 48-55 6 56-63 7 In order for DSCP bits to be backward compatible with IP Precedence values, the DSCP ranges are mapped to corresponding IPP values. These values are known as Class-Selector per-hop Behaviors. In these per-hop behaviors, the last three bits of the DSCP value are set to zero, so only the first three bits are significant for differentiating the eight classes of service. The chart shown here indicates the values for these Class-Selector per-hop Behaviors. DiffServ Value DSCP First 3 Bits (IPP) IPP Value Traffic Type 0 000000 000 0 Routine 8 001000 001 1 Priority 16 010000 010 2 Immediate 24 011000 011 3 Flash 32 100000 100 4 Flash Override 40 101000 101 5 Critical 48 110000 110 6 Internetwork Control 56 111000 111 7 Network Control NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-45 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 IP ToS Byte and IP Precedence IP Precedence 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Bits 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Class Name Routine Priority Immediate Flash Flash Override Critical Internetwork Ctl Network Control ToS Decimal 0 32 64 96 128 160 192 224 Byte Value (0x00) (0x20) (0x40) (0x60) (0x80) (0xA0) (0xC0) (0xE0) The IP Precedence values provide network routers with information about what kind of traffic is contained in the IP packet. Based on the IP Precedence values, some networks (when supported) can offer special handling to certain packets. In addition, providing IP Precedence values to critical traffic (such as route information) ensures that critical packets will always be delivered regardless of network congestion. This traffic is often critical to network and internetwork operation. In general, the higher the IP Precedence value, the more important the traffic and the better handling it should receive in the network. It is important to remember that not all equipment in the public IP network will be configured to recognize and handle IP precedence values. While it is a good idea to set the values for critical traffic, it does not guarantee special handling. As just discussed, the IP Precedence value uses the first three high-order bits of the TOS field to define precedence values. This chart lists the IP Precedence value, the TOS bits and class name of the priority value. 7-46 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 DSCP Classes DSCP Class Name BE (Best Effort) AF11 (Assured Forwarding) (RFC 2597) AF12 AF13 AF21 AF22 AF23 AF31 AF32 AF33 AF41 AF42 AF43 EF (Expedited Forwarding) (RFC 2598) Binary Value 000000 001010 001100 001110 010010 010100 010110 011010 011100 011110 100010 100100 100110 101110 Decimal Value 0 10 12 14 18 20 22 26 28 30 34 36 38 46 Assured Forwarding PHB The flexibility of DiffServ allows for more developed sub-classes of service within each main class using the last three bits of the DSCP. As defined in RFC2597, the Assured Forwarding PHB creates four main classes of service: AF1, AF2, AF3, AF4 The first three bits of the DSCP specify the class and the last bit is always zero. Each class is separated into subclasses using the two remaining bits in the DSCP (bits 3 and 4). The subclasses are divided based on the likelihood that packets in the class are dropped in the event of network congestion. The higher the value for bits 3 and 4, the greater the likelihood that the packets will be dropped. The following table lists the Assured Forwarding PHB subclasses and their corresponding DSCP bits and values. Expedited Forwarding PHB RFC2598 created a new DiffServ PHB intended to provide the best service possible on an IP network. Packets using the Expedited Forwarding PHB markings should be provided service to reduce latency, jitter, dropped packets, and be guaranteed bandwidth during the entire end-to-end transmission journey through the network. The DSCP value for the Expedited Forwarding PHB is 46 (DSCP bits are 101110). NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-47 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 ADTRAN OS - QoS Support (Outbound) NetVanta - ADTRAN OS QoS Support (Outbound) Outbound (PPP/FR/HDLC/ATM WAN ports) – DiffServ aware/marking – Queuing (Scheduling) Methods • • • • First In First Out Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ) Low Latency Queuing Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing – Frame Relay Fragmentation (FRF.12) – PPP Fragmentation Outbound QoS occurs in the AOS devices on WAN interfaces (i.e. PPP, Frame Relay) when there is congestion on the interface. The equipment recognizes IPP or DSCP values that are already marked, or the device may also tag the traffic. Once traffic is tagged, it is scheduled using one of several queuing methods. The AOS devices support First In First Out (FIFO), Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ), Class-Based Weighted Fair Queuing (CBWFQ), or Low Latency Queuing (LLQ). Frame Relay Fragmentation (FRF.12) and PPP Fragmentation are also supported. We will discuss these queuing methods in more detail over the next few slides. 7-48 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Layer 3 Queuing Methods - First In First Out Layer 3 Queuing Methods First In First Out First In First Out (FIFO) – Most common and simplest to implement – Packets are transmitted in the order they are placed in the queue – Works best in situations where the ingress and egress ports are similarly matched in speed – Not adequate for time sensitive traffic Waiting in line on a first come, first served basis is similar to how FIFO works. When you go to the grocery store and are ready to check out, you wait in line to be processed by the cashier. The cashier will process each person in line based on the order in which they arrived. It doesn’t matter how many groceries you have in your shopping cart or how much of a hurry you are in. You must wait until customers in front of you are processed first. First In First Out (FIFO) queuing is familiar to almost everyone. This method is what we are used to in everyday life. Consider a single line at the grocery store. When you go to the grocery store and are ready to check out, you wait in line to be processed by the cashier. The cashier will process each person in line based on the order in which they arrived. It does not matter how many groceries you have in your shopping cart or how much of a hurry you are in. You must wait until customers in front of you are processed first. Waiting in line on a first come, first served basis is similar to how FIFO works. Packets are transmitted simply in the order they are placed in the queue. This method works best in situations where the ingress and egress ports are similarly matched in speed, but it is not adequate for time sensitive traffic, such as Voice over IP. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-49 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Layer 3 Queuing Methods - Weighted Fair Queuing Layer 3 Queuing Methods Weighted Fair Queuing Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ) – – – – Enabled by default on WAN interfaces with speed E1 or less WFQ uses a number of individual queues, one for each flow or conversation Up to 256 conversation queues Conversations determined by hash of src/dest IP address, ports, protocol type, and IP Precedence value – Each flow or traffic class is assigned weight based on IP Precedence – Provides priority among unequally weighted flows – Prevents small volume, interactive traffic such as Telnet from being starved out by high volume traffic such as FTP Another queuing type supported by the AOS devices is Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ). WFQ is the default queuing method on WAN interfaces with a speed of E1 or less. WFQ uses queues for each conversation flow, and there can be up to 256 conversation queues on the single WAN interface. Conversations are determined by a combination of the source/destination IP address, ports, protocol type, and IP Precedence value. Each conversation flow is then assigned a weight based on IP Precedence to ensure priority. Traffic marked with a higher IPP value, or interactive traffic will be given more weight or 'priority' when waiting to get out the WAN interface. For example, interactive traffic such as Telnet would be given priority over high volume traffic such as FTP. Going back to our grocery line example, this is similar to having a 10 items or less express lane. If someone has only a few items that will be quick to process, they can go to the express lane. If they have many items that may take a little longer to process, the customer goes to the regular line. The differentiating factor here is that both lines can be processed simultaneously, so the people with few items no longer have to wait in the same line as those with a lot of items. 7-50 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Layer 3 Queuing Methods - Low Latency Queuing Layer 3 Queuing Methods Low Latency Queuing Low Latency Queuing – Used to guarantee that specific types of traffic receive as much of the bandwidth as needed – Single priority queue for flows that are latency sensitive – Traffic placed in priority queue will be serviced before all other traffic – All flows not matching PQ match criteria would be processed by WFQ – Queue criteria can be based on protocol, IP Precedence/DiffServ markings, or traffic defined by an access-list An easy way to visualize how low latency queuing works is to think about how airline passengers are processed for check-in at the airport. Frequent Fliers are often able to get into a separate “high priority” line where they will be processed by the next available agent. Infrequent fliers in the “normal line” are processed as long as there is no one waiting in the high priority line. Normal Line (processed when no one is in the High Priority Line) High Priority Line (i.e. medallion) (always processed first) While Weighted Fair Queuing processes multiple lines at the same time, Low Latency Queuing guarantees that as long as there are people in the priority line, no other lines will be processed. In other words, Low Latency Queuing reserves a single queue for priority traffic and low latency traffic is placed in that queue. This queue is then always serviced before other queues. This guarantees that specific types of traffic receive as much of the bandwidth as needed. All other traffic that does not match the priority queue criteria is processed via WFQ. Queue criteria can be configured based on protocol, IP Precedence values, DiffServ markings, or traffic defined by an access-list. An easy way to visualize how low latency queuing works is to think about how airline passengers are processed for check-in at the airport. Frequent Fliers are often able to get into a separate 'high priority' line where the next available agent will process them. Infrequent fliers in the 'normal line' are only processed as long as there is no one waiting in the high priority line. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-51 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Layer 3 Queuing Methods - Class Based WFQ Layer 3 Queuing Methods Class Based WFQ • Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing – Used to guarantee that specific types of traffic receive as much of the bandwidth as needed – Single priority queue which is serviced first for flows that are latency sensitive, as previously described with LLQ – Up to four bandwidth queues that reserve interface bandwidth for other types of traffic – Bandwidth queues are serviced after the priority queue – Traffic not in the priority queue or the bandwidth queues is serviced by WFQ Finally, Class-Based Weighted Fair Queuing (CBWFQ) combines some of the attributes of Low Latency Queuing (LLQ) and regular Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ) to provide priority traffic as much bandwidth as needed, assign bandwidth to other classes of traffic, and process remaining traffic using Weighted Fair Queuing. A single priority queue is used for latency sensitive traffic, which is serviced first as previously described with LLQ. Up to four bandwidth queues may also be configured that reserve interface bandwidth for other types of traffic that are grouped into 'classes' by the user. These bandwidth queues are serviced after the priority queue, and finally, traffic not in the priority queue or the bandwidth queues is serviced by WFQ. Next we will look at configuration parameters for each of these queuing methods. 7-52 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 NetVanta 7100 - Layer 3 QoS Configuration NetVanta 7100 Layer 3 QoS Configuration Basic Configuration Steps 1. Configure Bandwidth (Assumed) 2. Choose a Queue Type – Weighted Fair Queuing – Low Latency Queuing (QoS Maps) – Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing (QoS Maps) 3. Fragment links less than 768Kbps – PPP or Frame Relay 4. Rate Limit on interface with slow upstream limit – Ethernet or VLAN interfaces Layer 3 queuing can be configured in three general steps. The first step is to configure bandwidth values on affected interfaces. This is an informational parameter that is used in cost calculations by the queuing algorithms. Bandwidth is configured at interface configuration mode. The second step is to choose a queuing method and configure parameters associated with that type of queuing. Finally, you will want to fragment any WAN interfaces with links of 768 Kbps or less to avoid delays caused by long packets. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-53 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 QoS Map Configuration - Low Latency Queuing QoS Map Configuration Low Latency Queuing (LLQ) Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create the QoS map 2. Specify traffic to match 3. Configure priority queue bandwidth 4. Assign QoS Map to outgoing interface Low Latency, and Class-Based Weighted Fair Queuing require a few more configuration steps: First you will create a QoS Map. Within the QoS Map, you will define matching traffic, and then use a set command to specify an action to apply to the matching traffic. A priority command is available to configure the priority queue used in LLQ and CBWFQ, and a bandwidth statement will define bandwidth reserved for different 'classes' of traffic used in CBWFQ. Finally, you will apply the QoS Map to a WAN interface. 7-54 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration 1. Select the Data / Router / QoS Maps menu 2 2. Type QoS map name, assign sequence number, and then click Add to create QoS map more The first step in Low Latency or Class-Based Weighted Fair Queuing configuration is to create a QoS map. A QoS map is a named list with sequenced entries. An entry contains a single match reference and one or more actions. The actions are then performed on traffic matching the QoS policy criteria. Multiple map entries for the QoS map are differentiated by sequence number, but the sequence number is also used to assign match order. The router searches maps with the lowest number first. Once created, a QoS map must be applied to an interface in order to actively process traffic. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-55 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration 3. Specify traffic this QoS will match 3 more QoS policies contain at least one match reference and one or more action items (using the priority, bandwidth, or set commands). The match section specifies the criteria used when determining whether incoming traffic is a candidate for the QoS policy action items. Multiple match statements can exist within the same QoS policy, allowing a single QoS policy to service various types of traffic. Use the Match Packets section to specify which traffic should be processed by this QoS map. Possible Match selections: dscp ip rtp ip rtp ip rtp all Access Control List precedence protocol bridge protocol bridge netbeui 7-56 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration 4. Configure Priority Queue Bandwidth – Low Latency Queuing (LLQ) 4 Click to Apply to create QoS map more To enable Low Latency Queuing (LLQ) the priority option is used to provide a highpriority queue, prioritizing this traffic above all others. If no traffic is present in any other queue, priority traffic is allowed to burst up to the interface rate; otherwise, priority traffic above the specified bandwidth is dropped. The priority queue is intended for constant bit rate traffic such as voice, due to the rate limiting. The sum of the bandwidths reserved by priority commands for all entries of a QoS map cannot exceed the max-reserved-bandwidth rate specified for the interfaces that the map is applied to. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-57 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration • Optional – Configure DSCP or IP Precedence Packet Marking more When traffic matches the configured criteria, you may specify an action to be performed on that traffic. If traffic matched is not already marked with a DSCP or IPP value, use Packet Marking to mark the packet a DSCP value (0-63) or an IP precedence value (0-7) before packet leaves the router interface. 7-58 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration • Optional – Configure Bandwidth for Traffic Class – Class Based Weighted Fair Queue more When configuring CBWFQ, the bandwidth option is used to specify bandwidth allocation for individual traffic classes. Options include: Percent Total Allocates a minimum bandwidth for a traffic class, specifying the minimum as a percentage of the total interface bandwidth. Percent remaining Allocates a minimum bandwidth for a traffic class, specifying the minimum, as a percentage of the total interface bandwidth not allocated to priority classes in the QoS map. Limt Allocates the minimum bandwidth for a traffic class, specifying the minimum as an absolute bandwidth in kilobits per second. Range is 8 to 2,000,000 Kbps. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-59 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration 5. Assign Outbound QoS-policy to the interface 5 Click to Apply to assign map – The QoS Map is assigned to the outgoing transmitting router interface Once created, a QoS map must be applied to an interface in order to actively process traffic. Any traffic for the interface that is not sent to the priority queue is sent using the default queuing method for the interface (such as weighted fair queuing). Note: A QoS map can not be applied to a router Ethernet or VLAN interface until Traffic Shaping is enabled on that interface. 7-60 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 QoS Map Configuration - Rate Limiting QoS Map Configuration Rate Limiting • The WAN connection may be an Ethernet connection to a broadband modem • It may be necessary to rate limit the Ethernet or VLAN interface to the upstream bandwidth • This does not affect downstream bandwidth NetVanta 7100 Eth 0/0 Internet Example: A modem with an upstream limit of 768K The WAN connection may be an Ethernet connection to a broadband modem. Traffic shaping can be used to limit an Ethernet segment to a particular rate or to specify use of QoS on Ethernet or VLAN interfaces. The traffic-shape rate command allows traffic to be limited on upstream, or outbound traffic only. This command does not affect downstream bandwidth. The value specified is the outbound rate of bits per second. By default, traffic-shaping is disabled. Variations of this command include: Rate Limiting - Basic Configuration Steps 1. Edit the Ethernet or VLAN interface 2. Enable traffic-shaping 3. Set the outbound rate 4. Assign QoS Map to outgoing interface NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-61 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 QoS Map Configuration - Rate Limiting QoS Map Configuration Rate Limiting 1. From the QoS Maps screen select eth 0/0 1 more QoS Map Configuration - Rate Limiting QoS Map Configuration Rate Limiting 2. Enable traffic-shaping for this interface 2 3 Click to Apply after setting 3. Set the outbound rate in bits per second 7-62 NetVanta IP Telephony Course more Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration 4. Assign Outbound QoS-policy to the interface 4 – Traffic-shaping must be enabled on an Ethernet/VLAN interface before a QoS map can be applied QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration QoS Map Configuration 5. Confirm specified traffic is being matched by the QoS map 5 – Also confirm that other traffic is not be matched by the QoS map NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-63 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 7-64 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Basic Firewall and QoS Troubleshooting NetVanta IP Telephony Course Basic Firewall and QoS Troubleshooting show ip interfaces brief show ip interfaces brief • Display status of all IP interfaces NV7000# show ip interfaces brief Interface IP Address Status eth 0/0 172.23.102.41 UP vlan 1 10.10.10.1 UP vlan 2 10.10.20.1 UP NV7100# Protocol UP UP UP NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-65 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 show ip policy-stats show ip policy-stats • View access firewall policy statistics NV7000# show ip policy-stats Current sessions: 7 Maximum sessions: 30000 Policy-class "Private": 2 current sessions (10000 max) Entry 1 - allow list self self 555935 in bytes, 1813280 out bytes, 625 hits Entry 2 - allow list InterVLAN stateless 0 in bytes, 0 out bytes, 0 hits View number of hits per policy Entry 3 - nat source list NAT interface eth 0/0 overload 2513596 in bytes, 2481556 out bytes, 11 hits Policy-class "Public": 5 current sessions (10000 max) Entry 1 - allow list SIP self 275901 in bytes, 226455 out bytes, 50 hits Entry 2 - allow list Admin self 6008462 in bytes, 21224947 out bytes, 8329 hits : * Partial output displayed show ip policy-sessions show ip policy-sessions • View current policy-class associations NV7000# show ip policy-sessions Src IP Address Src Port Dest IP Address Dst Port NAT IP Address NAT Port -------------------- ----------- --------------------- ----------- --------------------- -----------Policy class "Private": udp (45) -> Public 10.10.20.2 3000 udp (45) -> Public 10.10.20.3 2227 172.23.102.42 50024 s 172.23.102.41 50020 172.23.102.42 50023 s 172.23.102.41 50019 Policy class "Public": udp (45) -> Private 172.23.102.42 50025 udp (45) -> Private 172.23.102.42 50022 172.23.102.41 50021 d 10.10.20.2 3001 172.23.102.41 50018 d 10.10.20.3 2226 * Partial output displayed 7-66 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 reload in command reload in command • Reload after a time interval – Useful with remote configuration (may help get you out of a jam) NV7000# reload in ? - Delay before reload (mmm or hhh:mm) NV7100# reload in 15 Save System Configuration? [y/n] n Reload scheduled in 15 minutes You are about to reboot the system. Continue?[y/n] y 2009.07.05 15:52:06 OPERATING_SYSTEM System reboot scheduled in 15 minutes! NV7100# reload cancel ******RELOAD CANCELLED****** 2009.07.05 15:59:41 OPERATING_SYSTEM Scheduled system reboot cancelled. show qos map show qos map • Display QoS Map Statistics NV7000# show qos map qos map VoIP map entry 10 match IP packets with a dscp value of 46 priority bandwidth: 50 (% of total) burst: default packets matched by map: 68372 map entry 20 match IP packets with a dscp value of 26 class bandwidth: 10 (% of remaining) packets matched by map: 78 View packets matched per entry Interfaces using qos map VoIP: eth 0/0:Output (enabled) NV7100# NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-67 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 show qos map interface show qos map int eth 0/0 • Display QoS Map Statistics for specific interface NV7000# show qos map interface ethernet 0/0 eth 0/0 qos-policy out: VoIP map entry 10 match IP packets with a dscp value of 46 priority bandwidth: 50 (% of total) burst budget 9364/9600 bytes (current/max) packets matched on interface: 81158 packets dropped: 0 map entry 20 match IP packets with a dscp value of 26 class bandwidth: 10 (% of remaining) conversation: 233 packets matched on interface: 0 packets dropped: 0 7-68 NetVanta IP Telephony Course - View packets matched per entry - Check drop status Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 Module Summary Module Summary • • • • • • • At the end of this module, you should be able to: Create VLAN interfaces Configure Firewall policies Create a network DMZ Understand Quality of Service concepts Configure QoS Maps Perform basic Firewall and QoS troubleshooting NetVanta IP Telephony Course 7-69 Module 7: NetVanta 7000 Series Data Configuration – Part 2 7-70 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications 8-2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Module Objectives Module Objectives • Introduce NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications • Configure Service Provider SIP Trunk • Configure SIP Networking between Sites • Preview Remote User Configuration • Introduce VoIP Quality Monitoring (VQM) • Conduct Voice Troubleshooting in a NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Application NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-3 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications 8-4 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Trunking NetVanta 7000 Series Solution SIP Trunking • Direct Connectivity of NetVanta 7000 to Service Provider’s SIP Trunk Service For businesses that are looking for ways to reduce costs, ADTRAN's SIP Trunking is an ideal solution. SIP trunking is a packet-based service which will dynamically consolidate all voice and data traffic over a single IP circuit and enables the SIP Service Provider to carry local, domestic and international long distance, and toll free calls, in addition to video, email, Internet, and other data. The combination of ADTRAN's NetVanta 7000 Series IP PBX and the service provider's SIP trunk offers a proven solution for not only reducing immediate costs, but also ongoing savings up to 40% each month. • • • Integrates Multiple Functions into Single Solution including PBX, Switch, Router, Firewall/VPN functions Provides Key System Functionality across SIP Trunking such as Busy Lamp Field (BLF) and Share Line Appearances (SLA) Built in Quality of Service for Voice to monitor and report VoIP performance statistics. ADTRAN's SIP Trunking alliances offer proven ways to consolidate voice and data onto a converged IP service that lowers costs and achieves high quality reliable service - all backed by industry leading service and support. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-5 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Trunking Overview SIP is the industry standard ASCII-based peer to peer signaling protocol responsible for the initiation and management of IP voice communication sessions. SIP is designed to control call setup and tear down between IP endpoint devices. The basic function of SIP is to locate endpoints, signal a desire to communicate, establish sessions, and tear down sessions between endpoints. The current version of SIP (2.0) is defined in RFC 3261. SIP Trunks Overview Voice over IP (VoIP) rapidly gained popularity due to the cost savings achieved by simultaneously routing voice calls and data over the same network, eliminating the need for separate voice and data circuits at customer premises. The common method of combining voice and data together on one circuit is PRI. PRI carries voice traffic over the dedicated channels with the data channels, and routes or terminates the voice traffic between two PRI-compatible private branch exchanges (PBXs) or key systems. The more advanced alternative to a PRI trunk is a SIP trunk. SIP trunking is a packet-based voice service that routes calls over an IP network to an IPcompatible PBX or voice switch using SIP signaling to place and receive calls. The typical SIP trunk service provider offers extensive cost savings, compared to conventional trunk services. The IP connection to the provider carries all traffic, such as local, long distance, and toll free calls, video, email, Internet, data, and other media over a single circuit. Calls into public switched telephone network (PSTN) are also handled by the SIP service provider by passing the calls off to a media gateway that connects to the PSTN for users not using VoIP service. AOS SIP networking is an interconnection of NetVanta 7000 Series units or ADTRAN IP Business Gateways over an IP network. The SIP networking configuration is very similar to configuring SIP trunking between a NetVanta 7000 Series unit and a service provider’s SIP trunking service. The main difference is that configuring the SIP registrar is not required. SIP Trunking Advantages Using SIP trunks has advantages over PRI(s) such as more significant cost savings, and control over the number of channels on the trunk (SIP trunks can be purchased in increments of simultaneous calls or DIDs). When connected to an ADTRAN IP PBX device, the SIP trunk solution offers all the traditional hosted telephony features of a PRI. Reference configuration guides on compatible AOS voice features (such as source and ANI based routing (SABR), voice quality monitoring (VQM), voicemail, etc.), are available on your AOS Documentation CD shipped with your AOS unit or visit our website at http://kb.adtran.com. 8-6 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Networking NetVanta 7000 Series Solution SIP Networking • 3-4 Digit Dialing Between Sites • VPN Between Sites • Toll Bypass • Access Remote Site Local Trunks The ADTRAN NetVanta 7000 Series supports SIP Networking between multiple locations. With SIP networking, businesses can connect multiple sites and have three- to four-digit dialing, local call routing and survivability, and on-net calls for toll bypass. The NetVanta 7100 and 7060 are best for locations that need local voice mail; while ADTRAN's NetVanta 6355 IP Business Gateway and Total Access 900 Series provide the ideal solution for locations that will use a central NetVanta 7000 voice mail. • Links multiple sites together to reduce costs • Direct dials between offices • Supports inter-office, three- to four-digit dialing • Provides local PSTN access • Allows local sites to share remote site trunks NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-7 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Remote Sites NetVanta 7000 Series Solution Remote Sites PSTN PSTN Up to 100 Stations In Customer Network NetVanta 6355 IP Gateway NetVanta 7000 IP Remote Sites NetVanta 3448 Multiservice Router • 3-4 Digit Dialing Between Sites • VPN Between Sites • Use Central Voicemail • Use Central Auto Attendant • Total of 100 Stations in Network • Remote PSTN trunks NetVanta 3120 SOHO Router SIP trunking feature allows remote IP Business Gateways, such as the ADTRAN Total Access 900(e) Series and NetVanta 6355, to connect to a central IPT device (NetVanta 7000 Series) for the use of local trunks at each remote location. This application functions similar to a single PBX with each remote user registering back to the IPT either via transparent proxy (SIP) or directly (analog phones). The phones at the remote locations rely on the main site (IPT device) to provide voicemail and auto attendant services to incoming calls. The NetVanta 7100 and NetVanta 3120 enable secure, always-on, voice, data and highspeed data access to business resources from a remote home office. Using a single cable or DSL broadband connection and secure IPSec-compliant VPN NetVanta technology, workers can have the same convenience and functionality in their home office. • Ideal solution to extend voice/data capabilities to small, remote offices • Enables one or more teleworkers to have same features as the main business office • Improves teleworking productivity • Provides phone feature transparency over IP connectivity • Uses the same desktop phone at remote home or small offices 8-8 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications NetVanta 7000 - Remote Telephony Applications NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications • Configuration of the following Remote Telephony Applications are introduced in this section: – – – – Service Provider SIP Trunk SIP Networking Preview Remote User Enable VQM SIP Service Provider NetVanta 7000 Internet PRIVATE PUBLIC Remote User Softphone Remote User Home Office Service Provider SIP Trunk Configuration NetVanta IP Telephony Course Service Provider SIP Trunk Configuration NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-9 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Service Provider SIP Trunk NetVanta 7000 Series Solution Service Provider SIP Trunk • Direct Connectivity of NetVanta 7000 to Service Provider’s SIP Trunk Service To configure an incoming SIP trunk from your service provider, verify that NetVanta 7000 Series Call Routing Mode and Transfer Mode are set to Local (feature support is provided internally by the NetVanta unit). The softswitch only has control of the call routing up to the SIP trunk interface. The ADTRAN IPT device will send and receive all basic SIP call setup messages and will accept advanced setup messages, but the REFER and INVITE with Replaces (SIP signaling methods) messages will not be sent out the trunk (T01). The incoming SIP trunk will behave similar to a PRI and all the traditionally supported call features will remain functional. The use of the SIP trunk can be controlled with other IPT features, such as SABR and least cost routing (LCR). Only one service-provider SIP trunk is allowed in this application. Precise trunk group and dial plan configuration allow users to take advantage of the LCR out of any trunk configured on the system. In the illustration, the additional trunk (T02) that is directly connected to the PSTN can be analog, T1, or PRI. T02 can be mainly used for local calls by assigning a high cost to the long distance outbound call template, or it can be used for survivability during possible failure of the main SIP trunk service. 8-10 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Provider SIP Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps Service Provider SIP Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Trunk Account – Configure SIP and Registrar servers – Register Your Number (Optional) 2. Create Trunk Group Service Provider SIP Server – Add SIP Trunk Account – Define outbound call templates 3. Configure SIP Identity (Optional) ISP – Register Your Number NetVanta 7000 k un Tr T ct Ac 03 Trunk Group Eth 0/0 Voice User SIP Trunk Configuration - 1) Create Trunk Account Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account 1. Select the Voice / Trunks / Trunk Accounts menu 1 2 - Type Trunk Name - Set Type to SIP - Click Add 2. Create a SIP Trunk Account • Will be used to point to Service Provider’s SIP Server NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-11 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Trunk Account - Define SIP Server Address Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account (Cont..) 3. Define address or host name of SIP Server Service Provider’s SIP Server IP Address or Host Name 3 – Default SIP server Port is 5060 • Define SIP Proxy Server address if one is being used SIP Trunk Account - Define SIP Registrar Address Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account (Cont..) 4. Define SIP Registrar address or host name 4 – 8-12 Providers Registrar IP Address Default SIP Registrar Port is 5060 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Trunk Account - Register Number Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account (Cont..) 5. Register the Number provided from the SIP Service Provider – You should receive a username, password, and Service Provider’s SIP Server address 5 Enter username Enter password If user’s phone number does not match the SIP username entered here, an Alias will need to be configured matching the SIP username to the actual user extension Calling Party – ANI Substitution Calling Party - ANI Substitution • Problem: Many SIP Service Providers will reject a call from an unknown number, that is, a number not registered to their switch – Problems can occur when a user on the NetVanta 7000 forwards their phone to an external number – When the user locally forwards their phone, the original calling party information will be preserved and sent in the From header of the SIP INVITE back out to the provider’s softswitch • Solution: Configure Calling Party (ANI) Match/Substitutions to allow forwarding of calls out a SIP Trunk – Create an ANI Substitution template to match all numbers – This will be used to replace the From header on forwarded calls along with all other calls routed out the SIP trunk NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-13 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Trunk Account – ANI Substitution Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account (Cont..) • Optional: Add ANI substitution Order is important: - Multiple match statements can be entered per trunk account - The first valid match that is found for outbound numbers will be used – Examples: • • • match ani "2XXX" substitute "2569632100" name "Shanes Cable Co" match ani "3XXX" substitute "2569632200" name "Hunters Cable Co" match ani "$" substitute "2569632000" SIP Trunk Account – DNIS Substitution Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account (Cont..) • Optional: Add DNIS substitution Order is important: - Multiple match statements can be entered per trunk account - The first valid match that is found for outbound numbers will be used – Examples: • • • 8-14 Match: NXX-XXXX Subst: 256-NXX-XXXX Match: 1-256-XXX-XXXX Subst: NXX-XXX-XXXX Match: 1-NXX-NXX-XXXX Subst: 10-10-220-NXX-NXX-XXXX NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Trunk Account – DNIS:ANI Replacement Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account (Cont..) • Optional: Add DNIS:ANI Replacement Order is important: - Multiple match statements can be entered per trunk account - The first valid match that is found for outbound numbers will be used – Examples: • • match dnis "1NXXNXXXXXX" replace ani "18884238726" name "National Network Co“ match dnis “NXXXXXX" replace ani "9638716 " name “Huntsville Network Co“ NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-15 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications 8-16 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Provider SIP Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps Service Provider SIP Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Trunk Account – Configure SIP and registrar servers – Optional - Register Your Number (Optional) 2. Create Trunk Group Service Provider SIP Server – Add SIP Trunk Account – Define outbound call templates 3. Configure SIP Identity (Optional) ISP – Register Your Number NetVanta 7000 k un Tr T ct Ac 03 Trunk Group Eth 0/0 Voice User SIP Trunk Configuration - 2) Create Trunk Group Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Group 1. Select the Voice / Trunks / Trunk Groups menu 1 2 2. Create a Trunk Group – Point to the new SIP Trunk Account – Define call types allowed out this Trunk Group NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-17 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Trunk Group – Add SIP Trunk Account Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Group 3. Click Add Members to add existing SIP Trunk Account to this Trunk Group 3 Trunk Group – Define Outbound Call Template Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 2) Create Trunk Group 4. Outbound Call Template – Define call types allowed out this SIP Trunk Group 4 – Optional: Define cost for each type of call • 8-18 Least cost routing NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Provider SIP Trunk - Basic Configuration Steps Service Provider SIP Trunk Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Trunk Account – Configure SIP and registrar servers – Optional - Register Your Number (Optional) 2. Create Trunk Group Service Provider SIP Server – Add SIP Trunk Account – Define outbound call templates 3. Configure SIP Identity (Optional) ISP – Register Your Number NetVanta 7000 k un Tr T ct Ac 03 Trunk Group Eth 0/0 Voice User SIP Trunk Configuration - 3) Configure SIP Identity Provider SIP Trunk Configuration 3) Configure SIP Identity • Optional – Add a SIP Identity to configure the SIP registration options for a user, ring group, or auto attendant - Enable the SIP Trunk this station will use for registration purposes. - Enter username and password used for registration SIP identity would be done in place of the SIP TA Registration process NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-19 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Additional VoIP Config – Allow UDP 5060 Additional VoIP Configuration Allow UDP 5060 traffic • Allow UDP traffic in Public Security Zone (WAN) Create Allow Policy Set to Self Bound If known, specify the Remote WAN IP as the source address Set Protocol to UDP Set port equal to 5060 Additional VoIP Config - Eth 0/0 Media Gateway Additional VoIP Configuration Eth 0/0 Media Gateway • 1 Enable WAN Eth 0/0 media-gateway as Primary 2 3 - 8-20 Specifies that RTP traffic will be sourced from the Primary IP address of this interface NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Additional VoIP Config - VoIP / SIP Settings Additional VoIP Configuration VoIP Settings / SIP Settings • Select the Voice / System Setup / VoIP Settings menu - Leave SIP Server when connecting to SIP Service Provider - Set to Local when setting up SIP Networking between NetVanta 7000s – Leave SIP From Header Host Type as SIP Server Additional VoIP Config - VoIP / RTP Settings Additional VoIP Configuration VoIP Settings / RTP Settings • Allow RTP traffic associated with the allowed SIP traffic Allow Firewall Traversal is enabled by default. This allows the 7000 to open holes in the firewall for RTP streams that have been created by SIP negotiation NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-21 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications 8-22 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Networking Configuration NetVanta IP Telephony Course SIP Networking Configuration SIP Networking Features • Links multiple sites together to reduce costs • Support for up to 10 SIP trunks o Remote devices or service provider • Direct dials between offices o Supports inter-office, three- to four-digit dialing o Transfer calls between sites • Provides local PSTN access o Allows local sites to share remote site trunks Independent Sites o Each Site has own Voicemail and Auto Attendant o Can not forward to a Mailbox (Could forward in email) NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-23 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Networking NetVanta 7000 Series Solution SIP Networking • 3-4 Digit Dialing Between Sites • VPN Between Sites • Toll Bypass • Access Remote Site Local Trunks In the SIP Networking application shown above, the NetVanta 7000 Series unit at the main location is connected to remote NetVanta 7000 Series. This type of SIP networking application can support a maximum of ten remote SIP trunks at each site. Voice users connected to the NetVanta 7000 Series at Site A will be able to connect to all endpoints at all locations, including access to voicemail, auto attendant, ring groups, and other phone users. Voicemail features will not be extended across the facing SIP trunks; each IPT will have local voicemail and auto attendant services. Remote users will not be automatically entered into the system directory at remote locations. Also, remote users will not appear in the selection list boxes for Trunk Number and Ring Groups. Precise trunk group and dial plan configuration will allow users to take advantage of the LCR out of any trunk configured on the system. Each NetVanta 7000 Series Call Routing Mode, Forward Mode, and Transfer Mode must be set to Local. Each remote site can also have a SIP trunk connection to an IP Business Gateway (Total Access 900(e) or NetVanta 6355). In the illustration, the additional trunk that is directly connected to the PSTN can be analog, T1, or PRI. This trunk can be mainly used for local calls by assigning a high cost to the long distance outbound call template, or it can be used for survivability during possible failure of the main SIP trunk service. 8-24 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Networking – Design Considerations SIP Networking Design Considerations • Fully Meshed SIP Trunks • Each site has unique extensions – 2XXX, 3XXX, 4XXX, etc… – 21XX, 22XX, 23XX, etc… Local Users NetVanta 7000 4X XX < 3XXX 2XXX > <2 XX X NetVanta 7000 Local Users NetVanta 7000 2XXX > SIP Trunks < XX 4X 3XXX Local Users 4XXX XX 3X > Each site has local PSTN (not shown) SIP Networking – Design Considerations SIP Networking Design Considerations • Hub & Spoke SIP Trunk • Each site has unique extensions – 2XXX, 3XXX, 4XXX, etc… – 21XX, 22XX, 23XX, etc… Local Users NetVanta 7000 2XXX 3X X 4X X > XX > <2 XX X SIP Trunks Local Users 3XXX NetVanta 7000 > XX 2X X > X 4X NetVanta 7000 Local Users 4XXX X XX <3 Each site has local PSTN (not shown) NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-25 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Networking – Design Considerations SIP Networking Design Considerations • Each site has same extensions – Requires use of an extra digit for use as a site identifier • For example, 5 along with extension 2XXX could cause the call to route out the SIP trunk to the other site (52XXX) – Dial plan at both sites needs to be modified for both the System and the IP phones • Extension = MXXX and 52XXX 2003 SIP Trunk NetVanta 7000 52XXX > 2004 2000 NetVanta 7000 < 52XXX 2003 2004 2000 Each site has local PSTN (not shown) 8-26 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Networking – Basic Configuration Steps SIP Networking Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Trunk Account – Configure SIP server as other sides WAN IP – Configure the SIP FROM Header Host Type – Configure DNSI substitution (if required) 2. Create Trunk Group – Add SIP Trunk Account – Define outbound call templates for other site 2003 NetVanta 7000 SIP Trunk 52XXX > 2004 NetVanta 7000 < 52XXX 2000 2003 2004 2000 SIP Networking – 1) Create Trunk Account SIP Networking Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account 1. Select the Voice / Trunks / Trunk Accounts menu 1 2 - Type Trunk Name - Set Type to SIP - Click Add 2. Create a SIP Trunk Account • Will be used to point to remote site WAN IP address NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-27 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Trunk Account – Define Remote Site WAN IP SIP Networking Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account (Cont..) 3. Define address Remote Site WAN IP address Disable Reject External if you want to allow Trunk to Trunk calls 3 Remote WAN IP Trunk Account – Configure FROM Header SIP Networking Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account (Cont..) 4. From the Trunk Accounts SIP settings tab, configure the FROM Header Host Type as Local 4 • 8-28 This overrides the global default setting found on the System Setup / VoIP Settings / SIP Settings tab NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Trunk Account – DNIS Substitution SIP Networking Configuration 1) Create Trunk Account (Cont..) • Optional: Add DNIS substitution In this example, the leading 5 will be removed before sending call – If both sides have the same extension, additional digits are needed to point calls out a particular trunk • Once the call routing decision has been made, the extra digit(s) need to be removed before sending call SIP Networking - Basic Configuration Steps SIP Networking Basic Configuration Steps 1. Create Trunk Account – Configure SIP server as other sides WAN IP – Configure the SIP FROM Header Host Type – Configure DNSI substitution (if required) 2. Create Trunk Group – Add SIP Trunk Account – Define outbound call templates for other site 2003 NetVanta 7000 SIP Trunk 52XXX > 2004 2000 NetVanta 7000 < 52XXX 2003 2004 2000 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-29 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Trunk Configuration - 2) Create Trunk Group SIP Networking Configuration 2) Create Trunk Group 1. Select the Voice / Trunks / Trunk Groups menu 1 2 2. Create a Trunk Group – Points to the new SIP Trunk Account – Define call types allowed to other site Trunk Group – Add SIP Trunk Account SIP Networking Configuration 2) Create Trunk Group 3. Click Add Members to add the Remote Site Trunk Account to this Trunk Group 3 8-30 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Trunk Group – Define Outbound Call Template SIP Networking Configuration 2) Create Trunk Group 4. Add a custom Call Template – Define remote sites extension pattern 4 Under Advanced Templates, configure the extension pattern that will be used to route calls to the remote site SIP Networking – System Dial Plan SIP Networking Configuration System Dial Plan • Note: Configuration in the next two slides only needs to be done if both sides have the same extensions. An extra digit will be used as a site identifier – In this example 5 (52XXX) 1. Select Voice / System Setup / Dial Plan 2. For our example, add 52XXX as an Extension NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-31 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications SIP Networking – IP Phone Configs Dial Plan SIP Networking Configuration IP Phone Configs Dial Plan 1. Select Voice / Stations / IP Phones Configs When finish, click Apply Settings To: New and Existing Configurations to modify existing phone configuration files 2. Add 52XXX to the Extension Dial Strings – 8-32 Note: The existing extension pattern of [12345678]xxx could also be changed to [1234678]xxx (removing 5XXX as an extension) NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Remote User Preview NetVanta IP Telephony Course Remote User Preview Configuration Guide can be found at kb.adtran.com NetVanta 7000 Solution – Remote Sites NetVanta 7000 Series Solution Remote Sites PSTN PSTN Up to 100 Stations In Customer Network NetVanta 6355 IP Gateway NetVanta 7000 Remote Sites IP NetVanta 3448 Multiservice Router • 3-4 Digit Dialing Between Sites • VPN Between Sites • Use Central Voicemail • Use Central Auto Attendant • Total of 100 Stations in Network • Remote PSTN trunks NetVanta 3120 SOHO Router NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-33 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Remote User - Basic Configuration Steps Remote User – Home Office Basic Configuration Steps Remote NetVanta 1. Normal router configuration – Change LAN IP to 192.168.1.0 /24 2. Normal firewall configuration – 3. Allow UDP traffic in WAN Add DHCP Boot Server option for phone – – Option 66 for Polycom phones Option 157 for ADTRAN phones NetVanta 7000 WAN IP: 10.200.201.61 Remote User Home Office Internet WAN IP: 10.200.200.67 LAN IP: 192.168.1.0 /24 Remote User - Basic Configuration Steps Remote User – Home Office Basic Configuration Steps Local NetVanta 7000 1. Remote Phone Configuration – – – 2. Firewall Configuration – 3. Create SIP User by defining MAC Address for remote phone Define Boot Settings for remote phones Set Boot Profile of new SIP user to Remote Phone Allow SIP and FTP traffic in WAN VoIP Settings – – SIP from header / RTP Firewall Traversal WAN media-gateway Remote User Home Office NetVanta 7000 Internet WAN IP: 10.200.200.67 8-34 NetVanta IP Telephony Course WAN IP: 10.200.201.61 LAN IP: 192.168.1.0 /24 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications VPN Preview NetVanta IP Telephony Course VPN Preview Configuration Guide can be found at kb.adtran.com Remote User over VPN - Basic Configuration Remote User over VPN Basic Configuration Steps Remote NetVanta 1. Router/DHCP/VoIP settings config – Same as remote user with no VPN 2. Remote LAN to NetVanta 7000 LAN VPN tunnel – RTP traffic 3. Remote LAN to NetVanta 7000 WAN VPN tunnel – SIP, FTP, Voicemail, and Auto Attendant traffic WAN IP: 10.200.201.61 NetVanta 7000 Remote User Home Office Internet WAN IP: 10.200.200.67 LAN IP: 192.168.1.0 /24 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-35 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Remote User Over VPN - Basic Configuration Remote User Over VPN Basic Configuration Steps Local NetVanta 7000 1. Remote Phone Configuration – – – 2. 3. WAN media-gateway enabled Local NV 7000 LAN to Remote LAN VPN tunnel – 4. Create SIP User by defining MAC Address for remote phone Define Boot Settings for remote phones Set Boot Profile of new SIP user to Remote Phone RTP traffic Local NV 7000 WAN to Remote LAN VPN tunnel – SIP, FTP, Voicemail, and Auto Attendant traffic Remote User Home Office NetVanta 7000 Internet WAN IP: 10.200.200.67 8-36 NetVanta IP Telephony Course WAN IP: 10.200.201.61 LAN IP: 192.168.1.0 /24 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications VoIP Quality Monitoring NetVanta IP Telephony Course VoIP Quality Monitoring (VQM) VQM – What is it? VQM – What is it? • Voice Quality Monitoring – – – – Provides visibility into VoIP networks VoIP network troubleshooting and monitoring Works in conjunction with QoS Graphically intuitive web interface • Allows network device to make real-time VoIP quality measurements on SIP-signaled RTP VoIP calls • Measurements provide live and historical performance data on a per-call basis (inbound and outbound) • Call quality monitoring using MOS, delay, jitter, packet loss and out of order packets NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-37 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications VQM – How it benefits you! VQM – How it benefits you! • Improves customer VoIP experience • Provides visibility into VoIP networks – VoIP performance can be proactively monitored – – – – • Identify problem areas: Local LAN, Remote LAN, or WAN Identify interface errors Verify QoS configurations Monitor network utilization Reduces Operating Expense – Reduce turn up time – Allows remote monitoring of VoIP performance – Reduce truck rolls • Reduces Downtime – Segments network issues VQM – Understanding Terms VQM – Understanding Terms • • Quality of Service (QoS) - The ability to assigning priority to specific network traffic Mean Opinion Score (MOS) - a numerical measure of the quality of human speech at the destination end of a circuit – A MOS score ranges from 1 to 5 – Acceptable MOS scores are 4 and above • • • • 8-38 Delay - The amount of time between the transmission and reception of packets Jitter - Variations in the total delay for a single packet Loss - Packets dropped along the way Out of Order - Packets received out of order causes reassembling problems NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Enabling VQM Enabling VQM 1. Select the Monitoring / Voice Quality / RTP Monitoring menu 1 2 2. Enable SIP RTP Monitoring • This enables the ability to monitor RTP streams associated with SIP traffic that traverse the filewall VQM – Graphically Intuitive Interface VQM - Graphically Intuitive Interface Review Past Calls or monitor Active Calls in real-time Summary tab shows overall network health Monitor Mean Opinion Score (MOS), Jitter, and Out of Order, Lost, or Delayed packets An example of a data point on the graph with a low MOS (1.86) indicates poor voice quality. Use your mouse to hover over any data point allows you to see detailed information pertaining to that specific call. Use the Search Field to sort a large number of data points. Hovering over the question mark offers examples of multiple-term search and valid filters. Use the slider bar with color-coded interfaces to filter RTP streams. Export data as Comma Delimited or XML NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-39 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications VQM - Demonstration VQM – Demonstration www.adtran.com/VQM 8-40 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Troubleshooting NetVanta IP Telephony Course Troubleshooting show sip user-registration show sip user-registration • Display local SIP Server registration information NV7000# show sip user-registration EXTENSION TYPE ----------------- --------------------------------2003 Adtran-SIP-IP712/v1.3.7 IP ADDRESS ---------------10.10.20.2 PORT PROT EXPIRES -------- ------- -----------5060 UDP 3537 2004 10.10.20.3 5060 PolycomSoundPointIP_601.. UDP 2009 Total phones registered: 2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-41 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications show sip trunk-registration show sip trunk-registration • Display local SIP Trunk registration information NV7000# show sip trunk-registration Trk Identity Reg'd Grant ---- ---------------- ------T04 9635501 Yes 3600 Expires Success Failed Requests Challenges Rollovers --------- ----------- ------- ------------ --------------- -----------833 9 0 18 9 0 Total Displayed: 1 sip trunk-registration force-register sip trunk-registration force-register • Force a SIP registration NV7100# sip trunk-registration force-register 8-42 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications debug sip stack message summary debug sip stack messages • View a summary of SIP messages (first line only) NV7000# debug sip stack messages summary 15:16:35 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Tx: REGISTER sip:172.23.102.87:5060 SIP/2.0 15:16:35 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Rx: SIP/2.0 401 Unauthorized 15:16:35 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Tx: REGISTER sip:172.23.102.87:5060 SIP/2.0 15:16:35 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Rx: SIP/2.0 200 OK 15:16:35 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Rx: NOTIFY sip:9635501@172.23.102.41 SIP/2.0 15:16:35 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Tx: SIP/2.0 200 OK NV7100# 15:16:52 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Tx: NOTIFY sip:2003@10.10.20.2 SIP/2.0 15:16:53 SIP.STACK MSGSUM Rx: SIP/2.0 200 OK debug voice summary debug voice summary • View call routing summary real time – Can confirm proper trunk is being used NV7000# debug voice summary 15:22:47:830 VOICE.SUMMARY voice user 2001 cos allowed the call to Local 15:22:47:832 VOICE.SUMMARY 2001 is calling T04 (9635502). 15:22:51:681 VOICE.SUMMARY RTP for Call from 2001 to 9635502: Codec PCMU 15:22:51:683 VOICE.SUMMARY 2001 is connected to T04 (9635502) 15:22:57:845 VOICE.SUMMARY Call from 2001 to T04 (9635502) ended by 2001: 15:23:23:178 VOICE.SUMMARY T03 is calling 2003 (2003). 15:23:26:316 VOICE.SUMMARY RTP for Call from 2003 to 2003: Codec PCMU 15:23:26:317 VOICE.SUMMARY T03 is connected to 2003 (2003) 15:23:31:612 VOICE.SUMMARY Call from T03 to 2003 (2003) ended by T03: 15:23:41:532 VOICE.SUMMARY voice user 2003 cos allowed the call to Local 15:23:41:534 VOICE.SUMMARY 2003 is calling T01 (8021000). 15:23:43:950 VOICE.SUMMARY RTP for Call from 0 to 8021000: Codec PCMU 15:23:43:951 VOICE.SUMMARY 2003 is connected to T01 (8021000) 15:23:52:842 VOICE.SUMMARY Call from 2003 to T01 (8021000) ended by 2003: Voice Trunk ID NetVanta IP Telephony Course 8-43 Module 8: NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications Module Summary Module Summary • At the end of this module, you should be able to: • Recognize NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Applications • Configure Service Provider SIP Trunk • Configure SIP Networking between Sites • Enable VoIP Quality Monitoring (VQM) • Conduct Voice Troubleshooting in a NetVanta 7000 Remote Telephony Application 8-44 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities 9-2 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Module Objectives Module Objectives • Introduce the following Tools: – – – – Top Talkers Top Visited Web Sites Wireless Controller n-Command • Introduce System Utilities – Port Mirroring – Firmware Upgrades – Configuration Backup NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-3 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities 9-4 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Top Talkers NetVanta 7100 Top Talkers Top Talkers Top Talkers • Top Talkers enhances ITM by adding a simple internal data collector to NetVanta Products • Integrated Traffic Monitoring (ITM) is a method of tracking traffic flow patterns across interfaces on a network using Netflow v9 as an export protocol for maximum operability with external data collectors. NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-5 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Top Talkers Statistics Top Talkers Statistics • Configuration Guide for ITM is available kb.adtran.com 9-6 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Top Visited Web Sites NetVanta 7100 Top Visited Web Sites Top Visited Web Sites Top Visited Web Sites • Report top websites requested by users – Can be used without a Websense server NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-7 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities View Top Websites View Top Websites • Configuration Guide for Top Websites is available at kb.adtran.com 9-8 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Wireless Controller NetVanta 7100 Wireless Controller Wireless Controller Wireless Controller • Wi-Fi enable the NetVanta 7100 NetVanta 150 Wireless Access Point NetVanta 7100 Wireless Controller NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-9 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Wireless Configuration Wireless Configuration • Configuration Guide for Wireless is available at kb.adtran.com • 9-10 Manage Access Points from GUI NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities n-Command NetVanta 7100 n-Command Added Value To Dealers n-Command Enterprise Edition: Network Productivity Suite ADDED VALUE TO DEALERS NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-11 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities ADTRAN – Management Solution ADTRAN - Management Solution • Individual Device Configuration – Familiar Command Line Interface (CLI) – Web Browser • For easy graphical device configuration • Manage Large Deployments of Devices – n-Command • Configuration Management • Asset Management n-Command – What is it? n-Command – What is it? • n-Command is a suite of productivity tools that help IT departments save time and money on daily network operations – VARs also use n-Command to offer their customers value-add services • n-Command is designed to facilitate global device activities: – – – – Firmware Upgrades Configuration changes Configuration Backups Asset management • n-Command is NOT an NMS that monitors performance, detects alarms or provides performance reports – It complements any NMS system that may already exist since it focuses on features that a NMS does not support 9-12 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities n-Command: Product Support n-Command: Product Support • * Supports all NetVanta AOS products and more … – – – – – – – NetVanta 7000 Series NetVanta 300 Series NetVanta 1000 Series NetVanta 2000 Series NetVanta 3k, 4k, & 5k Series TA 900 Series TA 600/850 MDL • (Add-on Module) n-Command: Services Offered n-Command: Services Offered • Manage Multiple Customer Networks: Separate customer networks by creating different Folders or Sub-Folders – Flexibility to organize each customer’s network devices differently – Modify user access per folder/customer network • Inventory: Keep track of Customer Inventory - Device part number, serial number, firmware revision, boot code revision, etc… – Provide an Excel Inventory Report periodically or when requested • Configuration Changes: Make Configuration changes to multiple Devices and keep a log of all user activity per device – Push changes to a single device or large numbers of devices quickly – Provides a detailed summary of the job upon completion • Uses Secure Communication (SSH and Secure Copy) NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-13 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities n-Command: Services Offered n-Command: Services Offered • Backup Configuration: Schedule recurring configuration backups and monitor for any unexpected changes in configuration – NetVanta 7100 – Backup the full system including: • • • All Phone Files All NetVanta data and voice configs VoiceMail Greetings (Note: VoiceMail Messages are not backed up) – Send e-mail notification summary if a config. change is found or if the running config. and startup config. are different • • • Configuration Restore: Quickly restore a previous configuration based on a date or event to one or many devices Firmware Update: Notify customer whenever a new firmware revision is available for their devices, and update their firmware without a truck roll Uses Secure Communication (SSH and Secure Copy) n-Command Specifics n-Command Specifics • ACL Manager (Policy Pushing) – Quickly change Access Control lists used for packet selection on interfaces, QOS and Firewall Polices etc... • • • • • • • 9-14 Find & Mark Common ACL Statements in existing ACLs Create / Edit / Delete / Insert Templates Syntax Checking Preview of ACL after change / View “Fix Up” Code Backup Configuration Before / After ACL change Fail Safe Push of “Fix Up” Code Device Log of All actions NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Folder Management Folder Management Create Folders and sub-folders Drag Devices into folders Set Automatic backup schedule on a folder basis Set User Permissions on a per Folder basis n-Command Part Numbers n-Command Part Numbers Part Number & Description: • n-Command Enterprise Edition CD* • 500-node Incremental License • 250-node Incremental License • 2-Client Incremental License • ACL Manager Module • Total Access 600/850 Module 1950843L1 1950844L1 1950844L2 1950845L1 1950850L1 1950852L1 • Annual Maintenance - Access to download patches, upgrades and phone support – n-Command Enterprise Edition CD comes with support for 100-Nodes, 5Clients, and one year of software maintenance included NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-15 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities n-Command – Other Info n-Command – Other Info. • There is a worthwhile flash video on our web site which a customer can watch. It demonstrates all functionality. www.adtran.com/n-command • Demo disks are available through our publication department. It allows all features to work, but is limited to 5-nodes. 9-16 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Utilities Menu NetVanta 7100 Utilities Menu NetVanta 7000 - Utilities Menu NetVanta 7100 Utilities Menu NetVanta 7100 Utilities menu includes the following: • Port Mirroring • Force Ports Busy • Configuration • Firmware • Logging • Debug Unit • Troubleshooting • Language Reboot Unit • Telnet To Unit NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-17 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Utilities / System - Port Mirroring Utilities / System Port Mirroring • Mirror (copy) source traffic from a source port to a destination port 2) Select destination port to copy to 1) Select source port(s) to copy from Utilities / System - Force Ports Busy Utilities / System Force Ports Busy • Force ports busy for maintenance – Analog and RBS Voice Trunks – Force Busy Now • Setting immediately applied – Force Busy on Idle • 9-18 Setting applied when port becomes idle NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Utilities / System - Configuration Utilities / System Configuration • Saving / Backup Configuration Same function as copy run start Save config to any location on your PC Upload a config to from your PC Upload sip.cfg from your PC Firmware Upgrades Firmware Upgrades • Firmware upgrades can be handled in mass with nCommand • Firmware upgrades can be done via the Web GUI • Firmware upgrades can be done via the command line – FTP – TFTP – SCP NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-19 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Utilities / System - Firmware Utilities / System Firmware 1. Upload the Firmware image to NetVanta 7100 1) Select firmware to be uploaded 2) Specify FLASH or CFLASH and then click Upload NOTE: You may need to delete other firmware images before uploading the new firmware, or choose to upload to CFlash Utilities / System - Firmware Utilities / System Firmware 2. Set Primary and Backup Firmware Image 1) Set the Primary firmware as the new image 2) Set the Backup Firmware as the old image 3. Click Apply and then reboot to complete the firmware up grade process 9-20 NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Utilities / System - Logging – SMDR Utilities / System Logging - SMDR • Enable SMDR Logging 1. 2. 3. 4. Enable Syslog Forwarding Set Syslog Forwarding Priority Level to SMDR Define IP address of Syslog server Optional – define Syslog facility Utilities / System - Debug Unit Utilities / System Debug Unit • View debug events real time 1. 2. 3. 4. Select Add Debug Filter Choose a Category Choose Sub-category Click Start Debug Debug information will display on screen here NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-21 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Utilities / System - Troubleshooting Utilities / System Troubleshooting • System health and troubleshooting aid Displays errors and possible solutions Utilities / System - Language Utilities / System Language • 9-22 Select appropriate language used by system NetVanta IP Telephony Course Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Utilities / System - Reboot Unit Utilities / System Reboot Unit • Rebooting the NetVanta 7100 – Save and Reboot • Saves the running configuration to startup-config and dynvoice-config – Reboot (Do Not Save) • Reboots the unit without saving Utilities / System - Telnet To Unit Utilities / System Telnet To Unit • Access the Command Line Interface through an IP connection using Telnet Default Username: admin Default Password: password NetVanta IP Telephony Course 9-23 Module 9: NetVanta 7000 Miscellaneous Tools and Utilities Module Summary Module Summary • At the end of this module, you should be: • Familiar with the following Tools: – – – – Top Talkers Top Visited Web Sites Wireless Controller n-Command • Troubleshoot with Port Mirroring • Upgrade the NetVanta 7000 Firmware • Save and backup configurations 9-24 NetVanta IP Telephony Course
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.5 Linearized : Yes Page Count : 528 XMP Toolkit : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6 About : uuid:47783f0f-64cc-49ea-9b3c-94698ca1c84f Modify Date : 2009:07:10 13:02:07-05:00 Create Date : 2009:07:10 13:00:59-05:00 Metadata Date : 2009:07:10 13:02:07-05:00 Document ID : uuid:9a3bcfe0-4ec6-4a97-a3f3-b58adc033e3b Format : application/pdf Creator : PScript5.dll Version 5.2 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 6.0 (Windows)EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools